Professional Documents
Culture Documents
MIDWEST REGION
Regional Service Center: Servicing Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas,
Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North and South
Dakota, Ohio, West Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Wisconsin
WESTERN REGION
Regional Service Center: Servicing Alaska, Arizona, California,
Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington
24 HOUR SHIPMENT
of Standard Variable Spring Supports,
Associated Stock Hardware
(Clevises, Eye Nuts, All Thread Rod,
Structural Attachments)
www.anvilintl.com
#165 / Printed in USA / GRP / 10.04 / 10M / 2005 Anvil International. Inc.
Special Fabrications:
Fabricated Steel Clamps
Seismic Restraints
Special Paint Applications
Pipe Support Design
ISO-9001 & NF Approved Services
Field Service Assistance
HISTORY
Commitment
The employees of Anvil are committed to produce and
service a package of quality Hanger products unmatched by
any other single manufacturer. Our commitment extends to
the full requirements of the ISO Customer Satisfaction
Standard and is constantly monitored to assure we achieve
our goals.
Our U.S. made Pipe Hangers and Supports can be found the
world over in applications ranging from power plants to
refining to manufacturing to on-board ships. Simply, Anvil is
the most experienced manufacturer of Pipe Hanger and
Supports in America. For service, capability and quality,
Anvil should be your first choice for all of your Pipe Support
requirements.
ENGINEERED HANGERS
PRODUCT LINE
MANUFACTURING EXCELLENCE
Anvil Pipe Hangers and Supports are manufactured in three primary U.S. locations: North Kingstown,
Rhode Island; Henderson, Tennessee and Columbia, Pennsylvania, each with its own unique
capabilities.
At 122,000 square feet, our Pipe Support design and fabrication facility in North Kingstown, Rhode
Island is the industry leader in the Engineered Hanger Market for experience and in house
manufacturing capability. Our equipment can accommodate any project since we have the capability
to machine, saw and flame cut up to 3" thick carbon and alloy steel and plasma cut stainless steel.
We thread rod through 4" in diameter and we hot form small to large diameter clamps.
Our facility also has complete in house blasting and painting capability
and we perform complete in house Non-Destructive Examination
including X-Ray, PT, UT and Magnetic Particle testing. This
expertise is supported by our total quality programs including our
ASME NPT and "NS" Nuclear Certificates of Authorization,
ISO 9001 certification and audited by NUPIC.
Our manufacturing facility in Henderson, Tennessee has over
175,000 square feet of manufacturing capability dedicated to
producing a complete line of commercial, light industrial and
industrial Pipe Hangers and Supports. These include clamps, braces,
inserts, rods and attachments, slides and guides to exacting industry standards and certified to ISO
9000 quality. The products manufactured in Henderson are designed for
use in a wide variety of rigid Pipe Hanger or Support applications, in
markets including fire protection, electrical, water and waste water
treatment, petrochemical, seismic, industrial and commercial. Special
fabrication is available from our Henderson facility as well.
At our Columbia, Pennsylvania Foundry, where we manufacture
malleable fittings, cast iron fittings and our Gruvlok products, we
also manufacture our malleable and ductile iron Hanger Products such
as beam clamps, numerous types of pipe clamps, concrete inserts,
ceiling flanges and different types of rod
attachments. With over 600,000 square feet of
manufacturing floor space under roof, our foundry has an annual pouring
capacity of 100,000 tons. Columbia is ISO 9001:2000 certified and is a
quality manufacturer of malleable, ductile and cast iron products.
In addition to these three facilities Anvil also has Hanger fabrication
facilities in Houston, Texas to service the Gulf Coast Engineered
Hanger requirements.
Customer Service
With four key stocking locations throughout North America, you can
count on getting all of the product you need - when you need it. When
you have installation questions our solid customer service personnel are
there to answer all of you questions, backed by our designers or engineers
we are there for you - on site if needed.
Variable Springs
Constant Supports
Hydraulic Snubbers
Vibration Sway Braces
Sway Struts
Limit Stops
We also provide:
Special Fabrication/
Miscellaneous Structural
Steel Fabrication
Special Design Products
Per Customer Specifications
Domestic Manufactured
Product Line
ANVIL MARKETS
Nuclear Power
Fossil Power
Co-generation
Petro Chemical
Refinery
Pulp & Paper
Marine
Waste Water,
Water Treatment
Industrial
Mechanical HVAC/
Plumbing
Fire Protection
AWWA
DESIGN SERVICES
Either on or off-site, Anvil
Design Services helps you
maximize the efficiency of
your pipe support systems.
These services include:
Pipe Hanger Design &
Engineering
Manual & ComputerAided Drafting
System Analysis
Pipe Stress Analysis
Product Qualification
Testing (environmental
static and cycling loads,
flow and leak)
Supervision of Client
Design Personnel
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Copper Tubing Hangers through Straps
Copper Tubing Hangers
Fig. CT-69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Fig. CT-65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Fig. CT-99 & Fig. CT-99C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Fig. CT-109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fig. CT-138R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fig. CT-121 & Fig. CT-121C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Fig. CT-128R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fig. CT-255 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 - 21
Pipe Rings
Fig. 108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fig. 138R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fig. 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Fig. 97 & Fig. 97C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Fig. 69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Clevis
Fig. 67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fig. 65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fig. 260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Fig. 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fig. 590 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Socket Clamps
Fig. 595 & Fig. 594 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Fig. 600 & Fig. 599 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Beam Clamps
Fig. 86, Fig. 87 & Fig. 88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Fig. 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Fig. 89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Fig. 89X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Fig. 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Fig. 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fig. 94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Fig. 227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Fig. 217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Fig. 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Fig. 133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Fig. 134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Fig. 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Fig. 228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Fig. 292 & Fig. 292 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Structural Attachments
Fig. 55 & Fig. 55L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Fig. 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Fig. 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Fig. 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Fig. 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Fig. 113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
PH 4
Brackets
Fig. 202
Fig. 206
Fig. 207
Fig. 194
Fig. 195
Fig. 199
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
63
64
64
65
66
67
68
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
Hanger Rods
Fig. 142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 248 & Fig. 248L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 278 & Fig. 278L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 248X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 278X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80
80
81
81
81
82
82
82
83
Rod Attachments
Fig. 135, Fig. 135E & Fig. 135R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 136 & Fig. 136R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 110R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 299 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 290 & Fig. 290L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
84
85
85
86
87
88
88
89
90
91
91
92
93
Straps
Fig. 126
Fig. 262
Fig. 243
Fig. 244
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
93
94
95
95
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pipe Supports through Technical Data
Pipe Supports
Fig. 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fig. 63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Fig. 192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Fig. 191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Fig. 258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Fig. 264 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Fig. 265 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Fig. 259 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Trapeze
Fig. 46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Fig. 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Fig. 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Pipe Rolls
Fig. 177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 178 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 277 & Fig. 277S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 274, Fig. 274P & Fig. 275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
Spring Hangers
Fig. 247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Fig. 82, B-268, 98, Triple & Quadruple Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 - 133
Spring Hanger Size & Series Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 - 135
Check List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Fig. B-268, Fig. C-268 Type A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fig. B-268, Fig. C-268 Type B & C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Fig. B-268, Fig. C-268 Type D & E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Fig. B-268, Fig. C-268 Type F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fig. B-268, Fig. C-268 Type G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Fig. 82, Fig. C-82 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Fig. 98, Fig. C-98 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Triple Spring, Triple Spring-CR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-CR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Constant Supports
Model R 80-V, C-80-V Vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 - 153
Total Travel & Selection Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 - 157
Fig. 80-V Type A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Fig. 80-V Type B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Fig. 80-V Type C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Fig. 80-V Type D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Fig. 80-V Type E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Fig. 80-V Type G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Fig. 80-V Type A, B & C Size 84-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
PH 5
Fig. CT-69
Adjustable Swivel Ring
PH-15
PH-14
Fig. CT-138R
Fig. CT-109
Fig. CT-65
Extension Split
Tubing Clamp
PH-17
PH-17
PH-16
Fig. CT-128R
1 2 "
Fig. CT-255
PH-19
PH-18
PH-20 - PH-2 1
Pipe Rings
Fig. 138R
Fig. 108
Split Pipe Ring
Size Range: 38" thru 8"
PH-23
PH-22
Fig. 104
Fig. 69
Adjustable Swivel Ring
PH-24
PH-25
PH-26
Fig. 300
Clevis
Fig. 67
Pipe or Conduit Hanger
Size Range: 12" thru 6"
PH-27
Fig. 65
Fig. 260
PH-28
PH-29
Fig. 590
Adjustable Clevis for
Insulated Lines
Size Range: 34" thru 12"
PH-30
PH 6
PH-31
Fig. 261
Fig. 103
Fig. 40
Fig. 100
PH-32
PH-34
PH-33
Fig. 212FP
Earthquake
Bracing Clamp
Size Range:
212" thru 12"
Fig. 216
Fig. 295
Heavy
Pipe Clamp
PH-37
Double Bolt
Pipe Clamp
Size Range:
3" thru 42"
Size Range:
34" thru 36"
PH-38
PH-39
Fig. 295A
Alloy Double Bolt
Pipe Clamp
Size Range:
112" thru 24"
Fig. 212
Medium
Pipe Clamp
PH-35
PH-36
Fig. 295H
Fig. 224
PH-42
PH-43
Fig. 246
PH-41
PH-40
Socket Clamps
Socket Clamp for Ductile Iron or Cast Iron Pipe & Socket Clamp Washer
Socket Clamp for Ductile Iron or Cast Iron Pipe & Socket Clamp Washer
PH-44
PH-45
Beam Clamps
Fig. 89
Fig. 95
Retaining Clip
PH-47
PH-46
Size Range:
38"
and
12"
PH-48
Fig. 92
Fig. 89X
Retaining Clip
PH-49
Fig. 93
Universal C-type Clamp
Size Range: 38 and 12"
PH-50
PH-48
PH 7
Fig. 227
Fig. 94
Wide Throat
Top Beam C-Clamp
PH-52
Fig. 14
Fig. 217
Adjustable
Side Beam Clamp
Adjustable
Side Beam Clamp
758"
PH-53
PH-53
Fig. 133
Fig. 134
Standard Duty
Beam Clamp
Heavy Duty
Beam Clamp
PH-54
PH-54
PH-51
Fig. 218
Fig. 228
PH-55
PH-56
PH-57
Structural Attachments
Fig. 60
Fig. 54
Fig: 66
PH-59
PH-61
PH-62
PH-60
PH-58
Brackets
Fig. 202
Fig. 206
Iron Side
Beam Bracket
Steel Side
Beam Bracket
PH-63
PH-64
Fig. 207
Threaded Steel Side
Beam Bracket
Size Range:
PH-64
Fig. 194
Light Welded
Steel Bracket
PH-65
Fig. 195
Medium Welded
Steel Bracket
PH-66
PH 8
Fig. 199
Heavy Welded
Steel Bracket
PH-67
Fig. 395
Size Range:
12"
thru 8"
PH-69
PH-68
PH-68
Fig. 153
Pipe Hanger Flange
PH-70
Fig. 282
Fig. 152
Universal
Concrete Insert
38"
thru
7 8 "
Size Range:
PH-71
PH-72
Fig. 281
Fig. 285
Wedge Type
Concrete Insert
Light Weight
Concrete Insert
Fig. 284
Fig. 286
PH-73
PH-74
PH-75
PH-76
Fig. 52
Fig. 47
Fig. 49
PH-77
PH-78
PH-79
Fig. 142
Fig. 146
Continuous Thread
PH-80
PH-80
Fig. 248
Fig. 278
Size Range:
38" thru 212
Size Range:
38" thru 212"
PH-81
PH-82
PH-81
38
PH-82
Fig. 148
Welded Linked
Eye Rods
Size Range:
thru 212"
Size Range:
234" thru 5"
PH-82
PH-83
38
Straight Rod
Coupling
Size Range:
14" thru 1"
PH-84
PH-84
Fig. 114
Turnbuckle
Adjuster
Size Range:
1/4" thru 3/4"
PH-85
PH 9
Fig. 290
Fig. 110R
Socket, Rod
Threaded
Fig. 157
Extension piece
Size Range:
1/4" thru 7/8"
Size Range:
38" thru 7/8"
PH-85
PH-86
Fig. 299
Fig. 230
Forged Steel
Clevis
Turnbuckle
Size Range:
3/8" thru 4"
Size Range:
3/8" thru 212"
PH-87
PH-88
Thread
Weldless
Eye Nut
Fig. 233
Turnbuckle
Size Range:
38" thru 212"
Size Range:
114" thru 5"
PH-89
PH-88
Machine Bolts
& Hex Nuts
Fig. 291
Clevis Pin w/Cotters
PH-91
Size Range:
12" thru 4"
PH-90
U-Bolts
Fig. 120
Fig. 137C
Fig. 137 & Fig. 137S
Standard U-Bolts
Size Range:
12"
PH-93
PH-93
thru 36"
PH-92
Straps
Fig. 262
Strap Short
Size Range:
12"
thru 4"
PH-94
Fig. 126
Fig. 243
One-Hole Clamp
Pipe Strap
PH-94
PH-95
Fig. 244
Pipe Strap
Size Range: 12" thru 6" pipe
PH-95
Pipe Supports
Fig. 63
Fig. 62
Type A, B and C Pipe Stanchion
Size Range: 2" thru 18"
PH-96
PH 10
PH-97
Fig. 192
Fig. 191
PH-98
PH-98
Fig. 258
Pipe Saddle Support
Fig. 264
Fig. 265
Fig. 259
PH-100
PH-101
PH-102
PH-99
Trapeze
Fig. 50
Fig. 46
Fig. 45
Channel Assembly
PH-103
PH-104
PH-105
Fig. 167
Fig. 168
Rib-Lok Shield
Size Range: 12" thru 24" pipe with up to 2" thick insulation
PH-107
PH-108 - PH-111
PH-106
Pipe Rolls
Fig. 171
Pipe Roll Single Pipe Roll
Fig. 177
PH-113
PH-112
Fig. 178
Spring Cushion Hanger
PH-114
Fig. 181
Adjustable Steel Yoke Pipe Roll
Size Range: 212" thru 24"
PH-115
PH 11
Fig. 175
Fig. 271
Roller Chair
PH-116
PH-117
PH-118
PH-119
Fig. 255
Fig. 256
PH-120 - PH-121
PH-122 - PH-123
PH-125 - PH-126
PH-125 - PH-126
Fig. 432
Special Clamp
PH-130
Fig. 439
Structural H Slide Assembly, Complete
Size Range: 6" thru 36"
PH-129
PH-127 - PH-128
Fig. 212
Spring Hangers
Fig. 247
Light-Duty Spring Hanger
PH-131
Short Spring
PH-142 - PH-143
PH-137 - PH-141
PH 12
Fig. 81-H
Model R 80-V
PH-165 - PH-171
PH-158 - PH-164
Fig. 170
Horizontal Traveler
PH-175 - PH-177
PH-174
Fig. 210
Replacement Strut
PH-182
PH-183
PH-184 - PH-187
PH-188 - PH-191
Fig. 312
Tapered Pin
Size Range: 38" thru 212"
PH-192
PH 13
Features:
Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged.
Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place.
Captured swivel nut will not fall off.
Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name and finish.
38"
CL
C B
Max
Load
Weight
1 2
0.10
2 3 16
1 7 8
3 4
0.10
2 13 1 6
1 9 16
0.10
2 11 1 6
1 13 16
1 1 4
1 5 8
15 16
1
1 1 4
300
0.10
2 1 2
1 1 2
0.10
2 11 16
1 13 16
0.11
3 7 16
2 1 2
1 1 2
0.25
3 13 16
2 15 16
1 1 1 16
0.27
4 1 4
3 3 8
1 7 8
0.48
4 3 8
3 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 2
3
4
PH 14
525
650
Fig. CT-65
Size Range: 1 2 " through 4"
Material: Carbon steel
Finish: Copper plated, also available in yellow dichromate and plastic coated.
Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated, stationary copper tube.
Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 12).
Installation:
(1) Adjustment may be made either before or after tubing is in place without
temporary support of pipe.
(2) Hanger rod and nuts may be locked into position after adjustment by
use of the upper nut.
B
E
C
CL
Rod Take
Out - E
Adjustment
F
0.09
1 1 2
1 27 32
1 7 16
1 1 16
5 16
3 4
0.10
1 11 16
2 3 32
1 9 16
1 1 4
7 16
0.17
1 7 8
2 13 32
1 5 8
1 7 16
1 2
0.18
2 5 32
2 13 16
1 3 4
1 11 16
5 8
2 17 32
3 3 8
1 15 16
2 1 16
13 16
Tube
Size
1 2
1 1 4
Max
Load
Weight
Rod Size
A
150
250
1 1 2
0.21
0.26
3 11 32
4 17 32
2 5 16
2 7 8
1 3 16
0.48
3 27 32
5 9 32
2 3 4
3 1 4
1 5 16
0.55
4 15 32
6 7 32
3 7 8
1 5 8
0.60
4 31 32
6 31 32
3 1 4
4 3 8
1 7 8
2 1 2
350
3
4
400
3 8
PH 15
Installation: Full load carrying capacity is reached when the rod is screwed to the bottom
of the opening in the nut.
Features:
Large sight hole provides means of assuring thread engagement.
Sized for copper tubing.
Greater vertical adjustability.
Nut may be attached to rod before pipe is picked up in band and snapped into position.
Competitively priced.
Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name.
Fig. CT-99C: Coated Adjustable Tubing Ring
Size Range: 1 2 " through 4"
Material: Carbon steel ring and malleable iron adjusting nut.
Finish: Copper plated with the band plastic coated.
Features: Eliminates possibility of galvanic action between
hanger and copper tubing.
Fig. CT-99, Fig. CT-99C: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Tube
Size
Rod
Size A
0.14
2 1 2
1 3 4
3 4
0.15
2 5 8
1 7 8
2 3 4
2 1 4
400
0.15
0.16
3 8
Adjustment
E
1 7 16
1 9 16
1 1 2
0.17
3 1 8
2 3 8
0.17
3 5 16
2 9 16
1 1 2
0.33
3 7 8
1 11 16
4 1 4
3 3 8
1 13 16
5 1 16
4 3 16
2 1 8
2 1 2
3
4
PH 16
Weight
1 2
1 1 4
C
L
Max
Load
650
0.36
0.41
1 2
Service: The split tubing ring Fig. CT-109 is used for suspension of tubing on many
installations where it is necessary to specify universally adaptable parts. May be used
with rod socket Fig. 110R or turnbuckle adjuster Fig. 114.
Max Load
Weight
Bolt Size
0.07
3 4
#10 x 3 4
3 4
0.09
7 8
0.12
1 1 8
0.13
1 1 4
1 1 2
0.18
1 3 8
0.24
1 11 16
0.35
1 15 16
0.46
1 1 4
1 2
1 1 4
CL
200
300
2 1 2
450
Fig. CT-138R
1 4
1 4
x 1
x 1 1 4
Installation:
Permanent installation of clamp may be made before the tubing is placed in position.
Final installation is attained by swinging the lower portion of the hinged clamp up
under the tubing and inserting a single screw securely.
B
CL
3 8 "
Weight
1 2
0.10
3 4
3 4
0.12
7 8
Features:
Hinged design provides for economical installation.
Designed to provide a tight fit on copper tubing.
Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name.
Max Load
0.14
0.18
1 1 8
1 1 2
0.22
1 1 4
0.36
1 9 16
1 1 4
180
PH 17
Tube
Size
Max
Load
Weight
0.52
6 1 2
0.56
0.94
9 3 8
0.98
9 5 8
1.50
10
1.50
1 0 3 8
2 1 2
1.70
1 1 13 16
1.80
1 1 1 2
1.90
12
2.60
13
1 2
75
3 4
1
C
1 1 4
CL
120
1 1 2
150
300
3 1 2
Fig. CT-121C
Stock
Width
Bolt
Size
5 16
1 1 4
3 8
1 1 2
1 2
Weight
0.52
6 1 2
0.56
0.94
9 3 8
0.98
9 5 8
1.50
10
1.50
1 0 3 8
2 1 2
1.70
1 1 13 16
1.80
1 1 1 2
3 1 2
1.90
12
2.60
13
1 2
1 1 4
120
150
3
300
PH 18
Stock
Width
Bolt
Size
5 16
1 1 4
3 8
1 1 2
1 2
1 1 2
75
3 4
C
L
Max
Load
316"
21 4 "
12"
3516"
Rod Size
A
Screws
Max
Load
Weight
180
0.16
Quantity
Size No.
12
3 8
138"
1 2
PH 19
PH 20
Tube Size
(in)
L
(in)
Maximum
Movement
1" to 4"
J INSULATION THICKNESS
2
4
H DIA
4 HOLES
J INSULATION THICKNESS
2
4
Tube
Dimensions (in)
Guide
Size No.
8 13 16
6 3 4
4 5 8
5 3 4
1 0 13 16
8 3 4
10
5 3 8
1 3 5 16
1 1 1 4
1 2 7 16
6 5 8
7 3 4
1 5 7 8
1 3 3 8
1 4 13 16
7 15 16
9 3 4
5 8
1 4
3 4
5 16
112
212
12
34
114
112
212
312
PH 21
Tube
H DIA
4 HOLES
C
L
CL
Fig. CT-255
PIPE RINGS
Fig. 108
Features:
Permits installation before or after pipe is in place.
Provides economical installation.
Permits use of universally adaptable parts.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name.
Weight
Bolt Size
0.06
3 4
# 1 0 x 7 8
1 2
0.09
15 16
3 4
0.11
1 1 8
0.13
1 1 4
0.18
1 9 16
1 1 2
0.26
1 11 16
0.33
2 1 16
2 1 2
0.44
2 1 4
0.63
2 3 4
0.81
3 1 8
0.97
3 5 8
1.50
4 1 2
3 8
CL
1 1 4
Max Load
200
300
450
3 1 2
4
520
5
PH 22
1,300
2.60
5 7 16
1,800
5.20
6 3 8
1 4
1 4
x 1
x 1 1 4
3 8
x2
1 2
x 2
PIPE RINGS
Fig. 138R (Rod Threaded)
Pipe Rings
Features:
Rapid installation assured by hinged design and single closure screw.
When used with nipple this clamp is particularly adaptive for use on
refrigeration or compressor piping subject to vibration.
Fig. 138R
Fig. 138R
CL
Max Load
Weight
Rod
Size
A
3 8
0.10
13 16
1 2
0.13
7 8
3 4
0.14
180
0.16
1
3 8
1 1 8
1 1 4
0.22
1 5 16
1 1 2
0.24
1 7 16
0.31
1 11 16
2 1 2
3
300
0.60
0.74
1 2
2 1 8
2 7 16
PH 23
PIPE RINGS
Fig. 104
Features:
Labor-saving features in installation completely outweigh slight
additional cost.
C
E
C
L
Max Load
3 4
Rod Size
A
0.31
1
1 1 4
Weight
2 7 8
0.32
300
0.34
3 8
Inside
Dia. of
Ring F
2 3 8
3 7 16
1 15 16
1 3 16
2 1 4
3 9 16
1 3 4
1 7 16
2 3 16
3 7 8
1 13 16
1 1 2
0.41
3 1 8
0.48
3 1 2
2 5 16
4 11 16
1 13 16
2 1 2
2 1 2
0.58
3 15 16
2 1 2
5 3 8
1 7 8
4 3 8
2 5 8
6 1 8
3 3 4
5 13 16
3 9 16
8 1 16
2 7 8
4 13 16
3
4
500
900
1.00
1.70
1 2
5 8
4 1 8
1 11 16
2 1 16
6 3 8
3 5 8
9 3 16
2 15 16
5 15 16
1,30 0
3.80
3 4
7 5 8
4 5 16
1 0 15 16
3 1 2
7 1 16
1,80 0
6.10
7 8
9 1 8
4 7 8
1 3 1 2
3 7 8
9 1 16
PH 24
2.50
PIPE RINGS
Fig. 97, Fig 97C (Plastic Coated)
Pipe Rings
Installation: Full load rating is obtained when rod is screwed to the bottom
of the opening in the nut.
Features:
Large sight hole provides means of ascertaining proper thread engagement.
Design of band provides greater load carrying capacity.
Nut may be attached to rod before pipe is picked up in band and
snapped into position.
Fig. 97, Fig. 97C: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Pipe
Size
Weight
Rod Size
A
Adjustment
E
1 2
0.14
2 1 2
1 3 4
3 4
0.15
2 5 8
1 7 8
0.15
2 3 4
2 1 4
0.17
3 1 8
2 3 8
0.18
3 5 16
2 9 16
3 7 8
1 9 16
4 1 4
3 3 8
1 5 8
5 7 16
4 5 16
2 1 16
C
L
Max Load
1 1 4
400
1 1 2
2
2 1 2
3
4
650
1,300
0.16
0.35
0.37
0.82
3 8
1 2
5 8
1 3 8
PH 25
PIPE RINGS
Fig. 69
Features:
Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged.
Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place.
Captured swivel nut in the 1 2 " through 3" sizes.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name.
C B
CL
Max Load
Weight
Rod Size A
1 2
0.10
2 7 8
1 9 16
3 4
0.10
2 3 4
1 7 8
1 15 16
0.10
2 9 16
1 11 16
1 1 4
0.10
2 5 8
1 3 4
1 1 2
0.10
2 3 4
1 7 8
0.11
3 1 4
2 3 8
1 1 8
0.20
2 3 4
1 5 16
0.20
3 13 16
2 15 16
1 3 16
0.30
4 11 16
3 13 16
0.54
5 5 16
4 3 8
6 11 16
5 9 16
2 1 4
2 11 16
1
300
2 1 2
525
3
4
650
5
6
8
PH 26
3 8
1,000
0.65
1.00
1 2
7 8
1 9 16
CLEVIS
Fig. 67
B G
C
CL
CL
Alternate Installation
Bolt/Screw to Vertical Support
Load
Rating
Weight
Rod
Size
A
1 2
0.21
2 5 8
1 3 4
1 1 2
1 15 16
3 4
0.22
2 7 8
1 7 8
1 11 16
2 1 8
0.25
2 15 16
1 15 16
1 13 16
2 5 16
2 1 16
2 5 8
1
1 1 4
400
1 1 2
2
2 1 2
3
4
5
6
500
550
600
0.27
3 8
3 1 4
1 4
7 16
0.29
3 9 16
2 3 16
2 7 16
2 7 8
0.31
3 11 16
2 1 8
2 9 16
3 1 16
4 7 16
2 7 16
3 3 16
3 5 8
3 1 2
4 1 16
4 5 8
5 3 16
0.71
0.78
1.39
1.66
2.26
1 2
5 8
3 4
4 13 16
6 1 8
2 9 16
3 8
3 3 16
9 16
6 3 4
3 1 4
5 1 16
5 3 4
7 3 4
3 9 16
5 13 16
6 5 8
PH 27
CLEVIS
Fig. 65
Installation: Hanger load nut above the clevis must be tightened securely to
assure proper hanger performance.
Adjustment: Vertical adjustment is provided, varying with the size of clevis.
Tighten upper nut after adjustment.
B
E
C
CL
Adjustment
F
0.09
1 1 2
1 27 32
1 1 16
5 16
1 2
0.10
1 11 16
2 3 32
1 1 4
7 16
3 4
0.17
1 7 8
2 13 32
1 7 16
1 2
0.18
2 5 32
2 13 16
1 11 16
5 8
0.21
2 17 32
3 3 8
2 1 16
13 16
1 1 2
0.24
2 13 16
3 13 16
2 3 8
15 16
0.26
3 11 32
4 17 32
2 7 8
1 3 16
2 1 2
0.50
3 27 32
5 9 32
3 1 4
1 5 16
4 15 32
6 7 32
3 7 8
1 5 8
4 31 32
6 31 32
4 3 8
1 7 8
5 17 32
7 25 32
4 15 16
2 1 8
Pipe Size
3 8
1 1 4
Max Load
PH 28
Rod Size
A
150
250
350
3 1 2
4
Weight
0.59
0.62
400
3 8
0.77
1 2
CLEVIS
Fig. 260
and MSS-SP-69 (Type 1). UL, ULC Listed and FM Approved (Sizes 3 4 " through 8").
Installation: Hanger load nut above clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger
performance. When an oversized clevis is used, a pipe spacer should be placed over the clevis bolt
as a spacer to assure that the lower U-strap will not move in on the bolt. For ductile iron pipe sizes,
see Figure 590.
Adjustment: Vertical adjustment without removing pipe may be made from 3 8 " through 51 8 ",
varying with the size of clevis. Tighten upper nut after adjustment.
Features:
Design has yoke on outside of lower U-strap so yoke cannot slide toward center of bolt,
thus bending of bolt is minimized.
Sizes 5" and up have rod and two nuts instead of bolt and nut; thread length on clevis rod
is such that the thread locks the nuts in place, and threads are not in shear plane.
Pipe
Size
A
12
114
B
C
112
730
CL
212
1 2"
G
E
C
CL
2316
C
21116
0.35
2516
158
238
314
11116
38
58
14
9*
0.45
21316
31316
218
78
10*
0.50
3516
412
258
118
0.65
4116
512
3316
1516
434
612
4116
158
12
312
13*
1.10
5116
7116
4316
11316
14*
1.51
5916
71316
412
11116
16*
1.70
6916
81516
512
11516
61516
1014
534
11116
838
121116
7316
978
1514
8716
218
11916
171516
1018
21316
12916
19916
101116
21116
14
22
12
234
241516
131516
31316
1,430
1,940
17*
3.10
2,000
19*
4.75
10
3,600
22*
8.60
12
3,800
23*
11.20
14
4,200
25*
12.50
16
4,600
27
19.85
58
34
78
18
4,800
28
22.25
151516
20
4,800
30
40.33
17916
27916
15316
24
4,800
32
49.83
191316
311316
17516
114
112
0.85
378
38
38
12
58
34
114
39316
21916
518
24316
"Span" represents the maximum recommended distance between hangers on a continuous and straight run of
horizontal standard weight steel pipe filled with water. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hangers does not
subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown above.
*Indicates that span represents the maximum span for water filled pipe as given in Table 1 of page PH-207.
30
12*
5
A
Rod
Size A
0.34
0.40
11*
1,350
Weight
0.34
7*
Span
Ft.
610
34
Max
Load
6,000
33
70.18
PH 29
CLEVIS
Fig. 300
B
C
CL
Max Load
3 4
Rod Size
A
0.51
1
1 1 4
Weight
0.58
730
0.64
3 8
Adjustment
F
3 5 8
4 1 4
2 7 8
1 2
4 11 16
3 1 4
5 8
4 7 16
5 1 4
3 5 8
7 8
4 3 4
5 3 4
4 1 16
1 1 16
1 1 2
0.72
0.85
7 7 16
8 11 16
6 1 2
1 5 8
2 1 2
1.90
8 7 16
9 15 16
7 1 2
8 5 8
1 0 5 16
7 9 16
1 3 4
9 3 8
1 1 5 8
8 3 16
1 15 16
9 7 8
1 2 5 8
8 3 4
1 3 4
1 0 5 8
14
9 3 8
1 7 8
1 2 3 8
1 6 3 4
11
1 3 3 4
1 9 3 16
1 2 1 4
2 1 8
1 5 1 8
2 1 9 16
1 3 5 8
2 7 16
3
4
5
1,350
1,430
2.00
2.50
3.00
1,940
3.40
2,000
6.70
10
3,600
11.0
12
3,800
13.8
PH 30
1 2
5 8
3 4
7 8
1 4
3 8
1 2
5 8
3 4
CLEVIS
Fig. 590
Clevis Hangers
Installation: Hanger rod nut above clevis must be tightened securely to assure
proper hanger performance.
B C
CL
Max Load
Weight
D.I./C.I.
Pipe O.D.
Rod Size
A
1,430
1.64
5 8
5 3 4
8 3 16
4 3 4
7 1 8
1 0 9 16
5 15 16
8 5 8
1 3 3 16
7 1 2
2 1 4
1 0 1 8
1 5 11 16
8 3 4
2 5 16
1 2 1 16
1 8 11 16
1 0 11 16
2 7 8
1 3 1 4
2 0 7 8
1 1 5 16
2 9 16
1 4 1 4
2 2 15 16
1 2 9 16
2 7 16
1,940
4.26
7 1 8
2,000
6.70
9 5 16
10
3,600
9.73
1 1 1 2
3 4
7 8
12
3,800
13.64
1 3 1 2
14
4,200
16.04
1 5 3 4
16
4,600
24.52
1 7 7 8
18
4,800
27.45
20
1 6 7 8
2 6 5 8
1 5 3 16
1 8 1 4
2 9 1 16
1 6 3 8
2 0 5 16
3 3 1 4
1 8 3 8
20
4,800
46.24
2 2 1 8
24
4,800
57.10
2 6 3 8
1 1 4
F
1 15 16
3 13 16
PH 31
CL
3 4
1 1 4
1 1 2
Max
Load
220
250
1.1
1.1
1.6
1.6
L
8 7 8
10
1 0 1 4
3 1 8
3 1 2
2 1 2
400
1.9
1 1 1 4
4 3 4
500
1.9
1 1 3 8
5 1 2
3 1 2
600
2.3
750
2.4
1,500
3.6
1 3 3 4
1,600
4.0
1 4 3 4
7.6
1 8 1 2
12
11.1
2 0 1 4
1 3 3 4
16.5
2 2 3 4
1 5 3 4
17.7
24
1 7 1 4
30.4
26
1 9 3 4
33.8
28
2 1 3 4
35.0
30
2 3 3 4
82.0
3 6 3 4
30
12
14
2,700
16
18
2,900
20
24
3,200
3 8
1 2
7 16
1 2
1 2
5 8
5 8
3 4
3 4
7 8
6 1 2
2,500
3 8
4 1 4
1.7
Bolt
Dia.
3 7 8
300
1 2 7 8
2 7 8
10
PH 32
Weight
Ordering: Specify pipe size, material, figure number, name and finish.
Note: If greater loads are required, refer to Fig. 40-SD special design
riser clamp.
Field Welded
Shear Lugs
BOLT/STUD DIA. F
CL
PIPE
SPACER
Fig. 290
C to C
Fig. 40
G (max)
Rigid
Assembly
Spring
Assembly
900
1,800
1,50 0
3,000
2,20 0
4,400
3,00 0
6,000
5,50 0
11,000
7,80 0
15,600
9,00 0
13,5 0 0
18,000
27,000
E
9
10
11
24
12
27
1 3 1 2
30
15
G (max)
1 2
2 1 2
3 4
5 8
7 8
3 4
1 1 4
1 1 8
7 8
1 1 2
1 1 4
1 1 4
2 1 4
1 5 8
32
16
34
17
36
18
39
1 9 1 2
42
21
10
45
2 2 1 2
11
1 7 8
7
1 1 2
2 1 2
1 3 8
2
3 1 2
2 5 8
4 1 4
CS
SS
Alloy
18
15
18
20
20
20
30
25
30
40
45
60
40
40
60
44
45
73
82
82
82
157
157
157
216
202
250
228
228
263
314
277
315
338
338
377
525
525
580
621
565
681
PH 33
Bolt Dia. F
CL
HOLE SIZE
D
LOAD
Max Load
Weight
1.50
8 3 4
2 1 2
1.60
9 1 4
2 5 8
1.70
9 3 4
2 13 16
1 1 2
1.80
10
2 15 16
2.70
1 1 1 4
3 3 16
2.90
1 1 3 4
3 7 16
3.20
1 2 7 8
3 3 4
3 4
1
1 1 4
2 1 2
190
420
3
4
5
6
8
PH 34
610
870
4.60
1 3 7 8
4 1 4
7.30
1 5 5 8
4 3 4
7.80
1 6 3 4
5 5 16
9.00
1 8 3 4
6 5 16
Bolt Dia.
F
7 16
3 8
9 16
1 2
11 16
5 8
1 8"
CL
12"
1 2
5 5 8
2 7 8
3 4
5 7 8
3 1 8
6 3 8
3 5 8
1 1 4
6 7 8
4 1 8
1 1 2
7 1 8
4 3 8
8 3 8
5 1 8
2 1 2
8 7 8
5 5 8
10
6 3 4
1 0 5 8
7 3 8
1 2 3 8
8 5 8
1 3 1 2
9 3 4
1 5 1 2
1 1 3 4
G
3 16
3 8
1 2
1 4
5 8
x 1 1 4
3 16
1 4
x 1
1 1 4
x 1 1 2
1 4
x 2
Weight
4 1 4
1.85
4 1 2
2.20
2.25
5 1 2
2.34
5 3 4
2.39
6 7 8
3.25
7 3 8
3.40
8 1 4
3.58
9 1 8
4.74
1 0 7 8
5.09
12
8.23
14
9.25
PH 35
Installation: Normally used with weldless eye nut Fig. 290, page PH-89 or eye rod.
Features:
Clamps tightly to pipe.
C
F
Wide range of sizes.
CL
B
H
Span
Ft.
750 F
1 2
3 4
7*
500
9*
0.29
0.33
1 1 4
1 1 2
2
Weight
800
10*
0.35
1 2
2 7 32
1.10
2 3 4
2 5 8
3 1 4
3 1 4
2 7 8
3 1 2
3 1 2
3 3 16
3 13 16
3 13 16
3 1 2
4 1 4
4 1 4
3 4
4 3 16
4 15 16
4 15 16
1 1 4
4 7 8
6
5 3 4
5 3 4
6 7 8
6 7 8
13*
1.50
3 3 16
14*
1.80
3 1 2
16*
2.60
4 3 16
17*
5.40
19*
6.50
4 7 8
6
10
22*
13.60
7 7 16
12
23*
15.20
8 7 16
14
20
20.50
9 1 4
16
15
22.30
1 0 1 4
31.60
1 1 5 8
1 1 4
35.80
1 2 3 4
53.10
1 5 1 4
19
15
24
12
3,060
2,730
1 29 32
2 3 4
5 8
1 25 32
2 3 32
3 1 2
4
12
1 21 32
2 1 8
2 7 8
18
1 3 8
1 11 16
1.40
20
1 23 32
2 1 8
12*
2,220
1 17 32
1 9 16
2,490
1 3 16
0.38
1.20
1,440
0.43
11*
1,615
1 7 16
2 5 8
930
Rod Take
Out E
1 1 4
1 1 8
2 1 2
1,040
1 5 8
1 31 32
2 5 32
5 16
1 2
5 8
3 4
7 7 16
8 9 16
8 9 16
8 7 16
9 9 16
9 9 16
9 1 4
1 0 5 8
1 0 5 8
1 0 1 4
1 1 5 8
1 1 5 8
13
1 1 5 8
13
1 3 8
1 2 3 4
1 4 1 8
1 4 1 8
1 1 8
1 5 8
2
1 5 1 4
19
1 6 7 8
1 6 7 8
1 1 4
2 1 1 8
2 1 1 8
1
1 1 8
7 8
30
9
3,500
3,360
113.90
1 3 4
Clamps may be furnished with square ends.
"Span" represents the maximum recommended distance between hangers on a continuous & straight run of horizontal standard weight steel pipe filled with water.
In all cases, verify that chosen location of hangers does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown above.
For vapor service, the presence of fittings or insulation, and other weights and types of pipe, spans may either increase or decrease. In all cases, verify that chosen
location of hanger does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown.
*Indicates that span represents the maximum span for water filled pipe as given in Table 1 of page PH-207.
PH 36
Installation: Designed for use with Fig. 113 brace fitting, see page PH-62.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish.
Note: The C gap dimention should be used at the upper and lower
CL
B
H
Rod
Take-Out
E
2 5 8
2 5 8
3 1 4
3 1 4
2 7 8
2 7 8
3 1 2
3 1 2
3 3 16
3 13 16
3 13 16
3 1 2
4 1 4
4 1 4
4 3 16
4 15 16
4 15 16
5 3 4
5 7 8
6 1 8
6 7 8
7 7 16
8 9 16
8 9 16
8 7 16
9 9 16
9 9 16
Weight (lbs)
2 1 2
1.20
1.40
1.50
3 3 16
2.20
3 1 2
2.50
4 3 16
3 4
5.20
4 7 8
7 8
6.30
10
13.60
7 7 16
12
15.20
8 7 16
Pipe Size
650 F
750 F
3 1 2
4
5
1,040
930
5 8
1 2
PH 37
Installation: Normally used with welded eye rod or with weldless eye nut
Fig. 290, see page PH-89.
Features:
Designed for heavy load up to 750 F
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish.
D
E
CL
B
H
PH 38
Max Load
For Service Temp
650 F
750 F
3,3 7 0
3,005
3,5 1 5
3,135
6,0 1 0
8,6 7 5
4,350
4,340
5,360
7,740
9,1 2 0
8,135
13, 8 0 0
15, 3 0 0
16, 3 0 0
18, 0 0 0
20, 5 0 0
23, 7 5 0
25, 0 0 0
28, 0 0 0
35, 0 0 0
4,8 6 5
Weight
3.6
5.5
6.3
11.7
13.9
22.3
38.1
46.8
51.4
1 3 0 .1
1 6 3 .6
2 1 5 .2
3 0 2 .8
3 6 5 .4
4 3 1 .7
5 3 3 .8
5 7 5 .1
9 1 5 .7
2 15 16
3 9 16
4 1 8
5
6 1 8
7 9 16
9
9 3 4
1 0 3 4
1 4 1 2
16
1 8 1 2
2 0 1 2
2 2 1 2
2 3 1 2
25
D
4
1 1 8
1 1 4
1 5 8
3
3 1 4
4 7 8
5 1 2
6 5 8
7 5 8
9 1 16
1 0 7 8
1 1 7 8
1 2 7 8
1 7 1 4
1 8 3 4
2 1 1 2
2 3 1 2
26
27
Rod
Take Out
E
3 1 8
3 3 4
4 3 8
5 1 4
6 1 4
7 11 16
9 1 4
10
11
1 4 1 2
16
1 8 1 2
2 8 1 2
2 0 1 2
2 2 1 2
2 3 1 2
25
2 6 1 2
3 0 1 4
2 6 1 2
30
3 3 3 4
30
3 1 2
3 4
3 13 16
4 11 16
5 1 4
6 3 8
7 1 2
8 15 16
10 5 8
11 5 8
12 5 8
17 1 4
18 3 4
21 1 2
23 1 2
26
27
7 8
1
1 1 4
1 1 2
2
2 1 4
2 1 2
2 3 4
28 1 2
30 1 4
33 3 4
Galvanized 450 F
Features:
Accommodates up to 4" thick insulation.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish.
B
H
Max
Span
Ft.
Max Load
For Service Temp.
650 F
3 4
7*
950
1 1 2
2
2 1 2
3
4
9*
11*
14*
16*
17*
19*
10
22*
12
23"
14
20
18
1,545
1,380
12*
16
10*
15
2,500
2,865
3,240
4,300
0.7
15 16
0.8
1 1 16
2,230
2,555
2,890
3,835
Rod
Take Out
E
D
2 7 8
3
2 7 16
5 8
0.8
1 1 4
3 1 8
2 11 16
2.3
1 13 16
4 7 8
4 1 8
2.6
2 1 8
5 7 8
5 1 8
1.97
2 5 8
6 1 8
5 3 8
2.17
2 7 8
6.7
3 1 2
7.0
3 15 16
7.31
8.33
4 7 8
6
19.8
6 7 8
22.3
7 7 8
37.7
9 1 16
750 F
1 1 4
Weight
41.4
1 0 1 16
44.9
1 1 1 16
1 1 16
5 8
1 1 16
1 1 4
1 7 16
2 9 16
6 5 8
7 1 4
6 1 2
8 1 8
9 3 8
8 1 2
1 0 3 8
12
1 0 7 16
13
1 1 7 16
1 4 5 16
1 2 11 16
1 5 5 16
1 3 11 16
1 6 5 16
1 4 11 16
H
1 3 8
3 8
1 1 2
1 11 16
5 8
2 3 8
2 11 16
3 1 4
1 2
3 1 2
4 1 4
5
3 4
9 1 2
5 3 4
6 7 8
8 1 4
9 1 4
10 11 16
1 1 4
11 11 16
12 11 16
14
20
12
5,490
4,900
57.3
1 2 3 8
1 7 5 8
1 5 7 8
24
12
4,500
4,015
65.9
1 4 3 8
1 9 5 8
1 7 7 8
28
6,000
112.3
1 7 1 2
2 4 1 4
2 1 3 4
1 1 4
20
30
7,500
150.0
1 8 1 2
2 6 1 8
2 3 3 8
1 3 8
21 1 4
193.3
1 9 5 8
28
25
1 1 2
3 1 1 4
2 7 3 4
22 5 8
25
32
8,250
2 1 1 2
2 1 4
2 1 2
1 3 8
16
34
9,800
248.8
3
1 3 4
36
10,500
257.5
26
2 2 1 2
3 2 1 4
2 8 3 4
Clamps may be furnished with square ends.
"Span" represents the maximum recommended distance between hangers on a continuous and straight run of horizontal standard weight steel pipe filled with water.
In all cases, verify that chosen location of hangers does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown above. *Indicates that
span represents the maximum span for water filled pipe as given in Table 1 of page PH-207.
For vapor service, the presence of fittings or insulation, and other weights and types of pipe, spans may either increase or decrease. In all cases,
verify that chosen location of hanger does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown.
PH 39
Features:
Pipe size 4" and above accommodates up to 4" thick insulation.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name.
Note: Galvanizing is not recommended for alloy products.
CL
B
H
Pipe Size
650 F
750 F
1,000 F
1,545
1,410
1,000
745
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
2,500
2,865
3,240
2,290
2,620
2,970
1,625
1,860
2,100
1,200
1,380
1,565
14
16
4,300
3,915
2,795
2,060
18
20
24
5,490
4,500
4,995
4,095
3,550
2,910
2,635
2,160
Based on the allowable stresses shown in the ASME Code for Pressure Piping.
PH 40
Rod
Take Out
E
1 13 16
4 7 8
4 1 8
2.6
2 1 8
5 7 8
5 1 8
2.7
2 5 16
6 1 8
5 3 8
3.0
2 3 4
6 11 16
5 15 16
6.7
3 3 8
7 5 8
6 1 2
7.0
3 15 16
8 1 8
11.5
4 3 4
9 15 16
8 9 16
13.2
5 3 4
1 0 15 16
9 9 16
19.8
7 1 16
12
1 0 5 8
22.3
8 1 16
1 2 15 16
1 1 5 8
37.7
9 1 16
1 4 5 16
1 2 11 16
41.4
1 0 1 16
1 5 5 16
1 3 11 16
44.9
1 1 1 16
1 6 5 16
1 4 11 16
57.3
1 2 3 8
1 7 1 2
1 5 7 8
65.9
1 4 3 8
1 9 1 2
1 7 7 8
2.3
1,050 F
1 1 2
2 1 2
Weight
1 1 16
1 7 16
H
2 3 8
5 8
2 11 16
2 15 16
3 1 2
3 4
7 8
4 1 2
5
6 1 8
7 1 8
8 1 4
9 5 16
10 11 16
1 1 4
11 11 16
12 11 16
1 3 8
14
16
Features:
Accommodates up to 4" thick insulation.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish.
CL
B
H
Max Load
For Service Temp
Weight
Rod
Take Out
E
650 F
750 F
3,500
3,125
12.0
4 3 4
1 3 4
1 0 13 16
8 15 16
4,800
4,285
18.5
1 1 3 8
1 0 1 8
1 1 8
7 1 4
10
5,500
4,910
30.3
7 1 4
2 1 4
1 3 1 8
1 1 3 8
1 1 4
42.0
8 5 8
1 4 5 16
1 2 9 16
1 3 8
10 3 8
60.0
9 5 8
1 5 1 2
1 3 1 2
1 1 2
11 5 8
1 3 4
13 1 8
12
7,000
6,250
14
9,500
16
10,000
8,930
80.0
1 0 7 8
18
13,800
12,325
115.0
1 2 1 2
20
15,300
13,665
140.0
1 3 1 2
24
16,300
8,485
14,555
1 7 1 8
1 4 7 8
1 8 1 4
1 6 1 4
1 9 3 4
1 7 1 4
190.0
1 5 1 2
2 2 5 16
1 9 5 16
3 1 3 4
2 7 1 4
3 2 3 4
2 8 1 4
36
31
3 7 1 2
3 2 1 2
4 0 1 4
3 4 3 4
28
18,000
354.0
1 8 7 8
30
20,500
406.0
1 9 7 8
32
23,750
555.0
2 1 3 4
34
25,000
604.0
2 3 3 8
678.0
2 4 5 8
36
28,000
2 1 2
3
3 1 2
4
4 1 4
4 1 2
14 1 2
2
16
18 1 2
2 1 4
2 1 2
2 3 4
23 3 8
24 3 8
26 3 4
28 3 8
30 1 8
PH 41
Installation:
Normally used with welded eye rod Fig. 278, see page PH-82, or
weldless eye nut Fig. 290, see page PH-89.
Features:
Designed for the support of loads at temperatures up to 1,050 F.
Designed to satisfy most critical engineering specifications.
Yoke has rugged cross sectional area, eliminating high stress conditions.
When used on pipe with 4" of insulation the top bolt is outside of the insulation.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name.
CL
750 F
950 F
3,780
3,300
16
Rod
Take Out
E
4.0
1 1 16
3 7 8
6 3 4
7 8
1 2
6 1 2
5 7 16
8 5 16
5 8
1 1 8
3 4
1 1 2
7 8
1,000 F 1,050 F
2,770
1,890
6,060
5,290
4,440
3,030
9,060
7,910
6,640
4,420
12
14
Weight
7.5
9.0
1 7 16
15.8
24.3
12,570
10,980
9,015
6,010
26.3
31.0
1 15 16
6 11 16
9 9 16
8 3 8
1 0 7 8
1 0 1 8
1 2 7 8
1 1 1 8
1 3 7 8
1 2 1 4
15
11 1 8
13 5 8
16 1 8
Based on the allowable stresses shown in the ASME Code for Pressure Piping.
Over tightening of nuts may overstress U-bolts reducing the load rating. Installation tag attached to clamp gives proper nut tightening.
PH 42
9 1 8
17 3 8
19 5 8
Installation: Normally used with welded eye rod Fig. 278, page PH-82
or weldless eye nut Fig. 290, page PH-89.
Features:
Designed for the support of heavy loads at high temperatures.
Clamp with filler plate will snugly hold pipe of non-standard size.
Alloy load distribution strap provided.
When used on pipe with 6" of covering, the top bolt is outside of
the insulation.
Ordering: Specify nominal pipe size and exact O.D. of pipe, figure number,
name. Special alloy filler plates will be provided, at an extra charge, when the
O.D. of the pipe size is other than standard. Installation instructions are
attached to the clamp when the filler plates are required.
CL
3"
Max Load
Used on O.D.
Weight*
pipe size
950 F 1,000 F 1,050 F 1,075 F
8 3 4 - 1 0 13 16
12
10 7 8
14
12 7 8 - 1 4 1 16
16
14 1 8 - 1 6 1 16
18
16 1 8 - 1 8 1 16
20
18 1 8
13,500
11,780
7 , 8 50
6,120
1 2 13 16
2 0 1 16
42.0
Rod
Take Out
E
9 1 8
12
1 1 2
15 3 8
3 1 4
1 0 3 4
1 3 3 4
1 1 1 2
1 4 1 2
1 3 1 8
1 6 3 8
1 4 1 2
1 8 1 4
1 5 3 4
1 9 1 2
58.0
16,500
14,910
9 , 9 40
7,750
63.0
2 1 4
69.0
19,000
18,410
12,270
9,570
94.0
104.0
2 1 2
17 7 8
1 5 8
19 1 8
1 1 4
24 1 8
26 1 8
14,850
11,580
167.0
3
22
20 1 8 - 2 4 1 16 2 5 , 0 0 0 2 2 , 2 8 0
2 1 4
1 3 8
30 3 4
1 8 1 4
Based on the allowable stresses shown in the ASME Code for Pressure Piping.
Over tightening of nuts may overstress U-bolts reducing the load rating. Installation tag attached to clamp gives proper nut tightening.
* This weight does not include filler plates required on non-standard pipe sizes
24
21 1 8
4 1 2
6
PH 43
SOCKET CLAMPS
Fig. 595
Fig. 594
CL
Pipe Anchor
F
B
Fig. 595, Fig. 594: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
D.I./C.I.
Pipe Size
Max Test
Pressure
(PSI)
4,550
6
8
250
10
12
14
Weight
Force* On
Clamp
120
Fig. 595
Clamp
12.8
1 4 5 8
14.6
7 1 8
1 6 7 8
9 5 16
1 9 1 8
24,180
29.3
1 1 1 2
2 1 3 8
1 3 1 2
2 5 1 8
1 5 3 4
2 8 1 4
1 7 7 8
3 1 3 8
20
3 5 1 8
2 2 1 8
3 7 3 4
2 6 3 8
4 4 1 4
34,230
40.3
22,200
53.9
115
27,760
76.5
23,900
94.3
20
75
27,500
109.8
PH 44
23.6
100
9,340
16
50
Pipe
O.D.
16,080
18
24
Fig. 594
Washer
26,200
148.6
1.1
1.7
2.7
4.3
5.8
2
2 1 2
3
4
4 1 2
5
Bolt
Dia.
E
Fig. 594
Washer
Rod Dia.
5 8
3 4
3 4
9 5 8
5 8
1 1 7 8
1 4 1 8
3 4
7 8
1
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 6 5 8
1 9 5 8
2 2 3 8
2 5 3 8
2 8 1 8
1 1 8
3 0 1 2
36
1 1 4
1 3 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
SOCKET CLAMPS
Fig. 600
Fig. 599
CL
D.I./C.I.
Pipe
Size
Fig 600:
Clamp
Pipe
O.D.
9.7
1 1 5 8
11.0
1 2 1 8
12.7
7 1 16
1 4 3 8
14.5
9 3 16
1 6 5 8
10
16.3
1 1 3 8
1 8 7 8
12
18.3
1 3 1 2
2 1 1 4
48.7
1 5 3 4
2 5 1 2
1 7 7 8
28
14
16
69.2
18
82.0
20
97.5
24
132.0
Fig 599:
Washer
1.2
2.7
4.5
6.8
Bolt
Dia.
E
Fig. 599:
Washer
Rod Dia.
5 8
3 4
9 3 4
2
5 8
12
1 4 1 4
1 6 1 2
1 8 7 8
3
4
20
3 1 1 2
2 2 1 8
3 3 3 4
4 1 2
2 6 3 8
3 9 3 4
7 8
2 2 3 8
2 4 3 4
1 1 4
1 1 2
2 7 5 8
1 1 8
2 9 3 4
3 5 1 4
1 1 4
1 3 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
PH 45
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 86: C-Clamp With Set Screw and Lock Nut
Fig. 87: C-Clamp With Set Screw and Fig. 89 Retaining Clip
Fig. 88: C-Clamp With Set Screw Only
C-Clamp
Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 23) WW-H-171-E (Type 23)
and MSS-SP-69 (Type 23). UL, ULC Listed and FM Approved (Sizes 3 8 " - 3 4 ").
Features:
Malleable body assures:
Fig. 86
Hardened steel cup point set screw for securing to beam flange.
Ribbed design of clamp provides added strength.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, length of retaining clip, if desired.
H
E
38"
(Add 2" to flange width of beam to arrive at proper length of retaining clip.)
If required length is not standard, order next longer standard.
C
Z
34"
Fig. 89X
Fig. 86
H
E
34"
Rod
Size A
Fig. 87
A
Fig. 89
38"
3 8
1 2
5 8
3 4
C
1 3 4
2
E
5 8
3 4
H
1 3 8
1 1 2
PH 46
Max
Load
400
Weight
Fig. 86
Fig. 88
0.28
0.26
0.31
0.29
440
0.42
0.40
500
0.55
0.53
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 95
Beam Clamps
For length and other ordering information, refer to Fig. 89X and Fig. 89.
Set
Screw
Set Screw
Size
Max
Load
3 8
3 8
230
1 2
1 2
380
3 4
2 1 4
2 3 8
Weight
Fig. 89
0.34
0.40
3 8
Fig. 89X
3 8
1 2
PH 47
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 89
Retaining Clip
Ordering: Specify rod size, Figure number, name, length of retaining clip and
Fig. 89
Weights
Rod Size
A
3 8
1 2
34"
5 8
3 4
412
10
14
7 16
0.17
0.28
0.35
0.53
1 1 4
15 32
0.22
0.37
0.46
0.63
1 3 8
11 16
0.25
0.43
00.51
0.73
Retaining Clip
over the beam side of the flange opposite the side the beam clamp is mounted on.
Ordering: Specify rod size, Fig. no., name, length of retaining clip and finish
(Add 2" to flange width of beam to arrive at proper length of retaining clip).
If required length is not standard, order next longer standard.
14"
3 8
1 2
5 8
3 4
PH 48
Width
W
1
1 1 4
Weight
6
10
14
0.058
0.10
0.14
0.17
0.24
0.070
0.13
0.17
0.22
0.31
Length
L
6, 8,
10, 14
Rod Size
A
4 1 2 , 8,
10, 14
Fig. 89X
Length
L
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 92
Beam Clamps
Features:
They may be attached to horizontal flanges of structural members in either the top beam or
bottom beam positions.
AT LEAST ONE
FULL THREAD
OF ROD MUST
BE EXPOSED
Thru tapping of the body casting permits extended adjustment of the threaded rod.
Can be used with Fig 89X retaining clip for seismic applications.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish.
34"
D
BODY
CASTING
JAM - NUT
1"
SET SCREW
Set Screw
Size
3 8
1 2
Max Loads
Weight
250
0.34
1 5 16
1 9 16
9 16
13 16
3 8
1 2
760
0.63
1 3 8
1 13 16
1 2
1 1 16
7 16
23 32
Top
Bottom
3 8
500
1 2
950
PH 49
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 93
Features:
They may be attached to horizontal flanges of structural members in either the
top beam or bottom beam positions.
AT LEAST ONE
FULL THREAD
OF ROD MUST
BE EXPOSED
Thru tapping of the body casting permits extended adjustment of the threaded rod.
Wider throat for attaching to flange with up to 114" thickness.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish.
1 1 4 "
BODY
CASTING
JAM - NUT
1"
SET - SCREW
Set Screw
Size
3 8
3 8
1 2
1 2
PH 50
Max Loads
Top
Bottom
500
250
950
760
Weight
0.41
1 5 16
2 5 32
9 16
13 16
3 8
5 8
0.75
1 3 8
2 11 32
1 2
1 1 16
7 16
13 16
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 94
Beam Clamps
Features:
Provides clamping to bar joists which are directly under roof installations.
Provides for vertical hanger rod installed offset from the edge of the beam flange.
Malleable iron body assures full thread engagement of rod.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish.
15/16
3 /8
Max Loads
Weight
5 8
1,200
0.66
1 3 4
2 1 4
0.83
1 7 8
2 3 8
3 4
1,600
D
3 4
1 1 4
1 3 8
1 3 16
PH 51
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 227
Material: Carbon steel jaw, hook rod with nut, lock washer
and plain washer.
Finish: Plain
Service: Recommended for use on top flange of beam and roof
trusses where the flange thickness does not exceed 0.81".
Installation: Slide stamped steel jaw over beam flange and attach
hook rod and eye rod, finally tightening hook rod. Hammer jaw firmly
against the underside of the beam to complete installation.
Features:
Two jaw sizes fit beam flanges thickness from 0.25" to 0.81".
Clamp firmly holds to beam providing safe and extremely
economical means of supporting small piping from the
top flange of steel beams and roof trusses.
Ordering: Specify jaw size, figure number, name, hook rod length.
Standard hook rods are furnished in even inch lengths, either length
ordered or next longer length.
C
A
Max Load
Weight
Hook
Rod
Diam
Rod Size
A
730
0.38
3 8
3 8
940
0.67
Based on 8" hook rod length. Will vary for other hook rod lengths
PH 52
1 2
3 4
5 16
2 1 8
1 2
3 8
2 1 4
5 8
1 1 8
7 16
2 1 2
3 4
1 1 4
1 2
2 5 8
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 14
21 2 "
Max
Load
Hole
Size
A
3 8
300
7 16
1 2
700
9 16
5 8
1,000
11 16
Fig. 217
Adjustment
Beam Width
Min.
Max.
3 1 2
Weight
Beam Clamps
Rod
Size
A
1.19
1.67
2.23
Max Flange
Width
Max Flange
Thickness
Rod
Size
A
Max
Load
Weight
300
0.80
1.06
1.17
1.28
500
1.57
1.84
2.05
2.23
700
3.75
4.19
4.53
5.11
3 - 4 1 2
4 5 8 - 6
6 1 8 - 7 1 2
7 5 8 - 9
1 2
11 16
3 4
3 8
15 16
3
4 5 8
6 1 8
7 5 8
3 - 4 1 2
4 5 8 - 6
6 1 8 - 7 1 2
7 5 8 - 9
1 2
11 16
3 4
1 2
15 16
3 - 4 1 2
4 5 8 - 6
6 1 8 - 7 1 2
7 5 8 - 9
1 2
11 16
3 4
15 16
5 8
PH 53
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 133
Fig. 134
Fig. 133
Standard Duty
Spacer
Bolt
Fig. 134
Heavy Duty
Flange Size
Flange
Width
Max
Flange
Thickness
Weight (lbs)
Fig. 133
Std. Duty
Fig. 134
Heavy Duty
1 2
0.91
3.82
5 8
1.00
4.35
3 4
1.15
4.52
1.29
1.44
4.84
5.10
5.83
6.25
6.67
7.09
7
8
9
10
11
12
PH 54
7 8
Bolt
Size
Spacer
O.D.
Max
Load
Fig. 133
1 2
1 3 8
3 8
11 16
1,000
Fig. 134
3 4
2 1 4
5 8
1 1 16
3,000
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 218
Material: Malleable iron jaw, steel tie rod, nuts and washer.
Finish: Plain or Galvanized
Service: Recommended for attachment to structural steel.
Use in conjunction with beams where beam widths are from
23 8 " minimum to 7" maximum and flange thickness does not
exceed 0.60".
Installation: The malleable beam clamp Fig. 218 may be used with
an eye rod, or Fig. 157 extension piece.
Beam Clamps
Features:
Functional design insures proper fit for all beam sizes.
Tie rod locks clamp in place when nuts are tightened.
Ordering and stocking simplified because of one universal size.
Design allows hanger rod to swing from vertical providing flexibility
at the beam clamp.
Fig. 157
(not supplied)
BOLT DIA.
Fig. 157
(not supplied)
Max
Load
7 8
1,365
Weight
2.2
238
Bolt
Diam
3 1 2
3 7 16
3 5 16
2 15 16
2 9 16
1 7 8
7 16
PH 55
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 228
Installation: Fit jaws over edges of lower beam flange and tighten nuts
on tie rod to lock clamp in place.
Features:
Upper nut is tapped to any specified size up to the maximum rod size.
Quickly, easily, economically installed.
Tie rod insures a tight non-slip fit to the beam.
Clamps are available, tapped to any specified rod size up to the
118"
Ordering: Specify clamp size, figure number, name, rod size and finish.
Note: The application of a load to a structural beam by means of a beam
clamp produces a transverse stress, perpendicular to the axis of the beam,
in the flange to which the load is applied.
Size per load, beam flange width and rod size
Fig. 228
(w/o Links)
Max
Load
Weight
5 8
2,160
3.3
7 8
4,480
2
3
4
5
1 1 2
Jaw and
Eye Nut
Size
1 1 16
228 1
1 3 8
228 2
7.0
0.60
10.6
19.3
11,500
2 3 8
1.031
31.0
118"
228 3
Max
Rod Size
A
Clamp
Size
No.
Fig. 228
(w/Links)
1 9 16
1 1 2
1 7 16
PH 56
10
11
12
13
14
15
3 4
11 16
2 11 16
2 9 16
2 1 4
1 15 16
1 5 8
1 5 16
1 1 8
1 15 16
1 13 16
1 1 2
2 5 16
2 3 16
2 1 16
1 13 16
1 7 8
1 9 16
1 5 16
3
BEAM CLAMPS
Fig. 292: Right-Hand Thread
Fig. 292L: Left-Hand Thread
11/8
Weight
3,230
3.9
3 4
1
2
9.2
13.0
5,900
Z
Max
0.60
21.7
33.9
1 1 2
7
8
23.9
11,500
1.031
35.8
36.8
1 1 4
292 1 / 1
1 11 16
292 2 / 2
1 1 2
292 3 / 2
2 1 8
292 3 / 3
4 9 16
292 3 / 4
Fig. 292
(w/Links)
E
Max
Load
10
11
12
13
14
15
4 1 2
4 5 16
4 1 16
3 5 8
2 7 8
4 3 4
4 7 16
4 1 16
3 3 8
5 15 16
5 5 16
6 13 16
6 5 8
6 3 8
5 7 8
5 7 8
5 3 8
4 13 16
7 3 4
7 1 8
6 5 8
6 1 16
7 3 16
6 3 4
6 1 4
6 5 16
5 13 16
5 3 16
8 1 8
7 1 2
6 7 16
8 1 2
8 5 8
8 7 16
8 3 16
7 3 4
7 3 4
7 1 4
6 5 8
8 1 8
Fig. 292
(w/o Links)
Clamp
Size
No.
11/8
PH 57
STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 55 (Short)
Fig. 55L (Long)
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, finish and whether short or
long lug is required.
FIELD
WELD
Order Separately: Fig. 291 pin with cotters or bolt and nut
FIELD
WELD
Fig. 55, Fig. 55L: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Fig. 55, Fig. 55L
Rod
Size
A*
Pin
or Bolt
Dia.
1 2
5 8
11 16
5 8
3 4
13 16
3 4
7 8
15 16
7 8
1 1 8
1 1 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 2
1 1 4
1 3 8
1 1 2
5 8
1 1 2
1 5 8
1 3 4
1 3 4
1 7 8
2 1 4
2 3 8
2 1 4
2 1 2
2 5 8
2 1 2
2 3 4
2 7 8
2 3 4
3 1 8
3 1 4
3 3 8
3 1 4
3 1 2
3 5 8
3 1 2
3 3 4
3 7 8
3 3 4
4 1 8
Fig. 55 (Short)
Max Load
1 4
1 1 4
0.60
4,480
3,508
0.71
5,900
4,620
9,500
7,440
4 1 2
1 1 2
1 3 4
13,800
10,807
18,600
14,566
24,600
19,265
32,300
25,295
3 9 ,8 0 0
31,169
49,400
6 0 ,1 0 0
7 1 ,9 0 0
56,307
84,700
66,331
9 8 ,5 0 0
77,139
3
4
0.68
3
1.0
0.98
1.2
1.6
4
3.7
4 1 2
6.3
4.8
4.7
Weight
0.75
0.41
3.0
6.4
7.2
8.8
7.6
15.5
38,687
15.1
47,066
16.0
18.9
4 1 2
PH 58
Rod Take
Out - H
0.48
1 1 2
2,530
1,057
Weight
1,692
3 4
1 , 35 0
Rod Take
Out - H
3 , 23 0
3 8
750 F
2 , 16 0
2 1 2
2 1 2
650 F
5
6
31.3
35.9
STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 54
Structural Attachments
FIELD
WELD
W/2
W/2
K DIA
2-PLACES
2W
Max
Load
1 2
1,350
Weight
H Dimension
112
1.4
1.7
2.2
5 8
2,160
1.4
1.6
2.2
3 4
3,230
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
1-9
1 1 2
10-18
19-34
35-49
1 1 2
50-63
Pin
K
or
Hole
Bolt
2W
W/2
1 1 4
3 8
2 1 2
1 1 4
5 8
11 16
3 4
13 16
7 8
15 16
1 1 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 2
1 1 2
1 3 8
1 1 2
5 8
1 5 8
1 3 4
1 7 8
10
2 1 2
12
5,900
2.6
3.5
4.3
1 1 4
9,500
5.0
6.5
7.9
1 1 2
13,800
10.7 12.8
1 3 4
18,600
10.4 12.5
24,600
16.0
2 1 4
2 3 8
2 1 4
32,300
15.6
2 1 2
2 5 8
2 1 2
3 4
PH 59
STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
Fig: 66
Installation: If flexibility at the beam is desired, use with bolt and eye rod Fig. 278,
page PH-82, or with weldless eye nut Fig. 290, page PH-89. If vertical adjustment is desired,
use with threaded rod and nut and weld the attachment in an inverted position to the beam.
Features:
Will accommodate very heavy loads and rod sizes through 31 2 ".
Can be installed so as to provide for either flexibility or for vertical adjustment.
Versatility affords economical stocking and erection.
Beam size need not be considered.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Specify with bolt and nut if required for
1" rod size and smaller. Specify with pin and cotter pins if required for 11/4" rod size and larger.
B/2
E'
FIELD
WELD
E
FIELD
WELD
FIELD
WELD
Pin or
Bolt
Size
3 8
1 2
x 2 1 2
1 2
5 8
2 1 2
5 8
3 4
2 3 4
3 4
7 8
7 8
x 4
Max Load
650 F
750 F
730
572
1,350
1,057
2,160
1,692
3,230
2,530
Weight
Without
Bolt and Nut
With
Bolt and Nut
1.2
1 7 8
0.96
1.3
1.6
1. 9
1 x 4
4,480
3,508
2.5
1 3 4
E'
3.9
1 1 8 x 5
5,900
4,620
4.3
6.3
2 3 4
1 1 4
1 3 8 x 5 3 8
9,500
7,440
8.1
10.2
2 7 8
1 1 2
1 5 8 x 6
13,800
10,807
15.6
19.0
1 3 4
1 7 8 x 6 7 8
18,600
14,566
18.7
24.2
2 1 4 x 6 7 8
24,600
19,265
22.8
30.6
3
4
7 3 8
32,300
25,295
26.4
36.8
2 1 2
2 3 4 x 7 5 8
39,800
31,169
26.7
39.7
2 3 4
3 x 7
49,400
38,687
26.8
40.8
5 3 4
3 1 4 x 7
60,100
47,066
32.6
46.7
6 1 4
3 1 4
3 1 2 x 7 3 4
71,900
56,307
45.1
62.1
3 1 2
3 3 4
7 1 2
PH 60
84,700
66,331
53.4
72.4
11 16
7 8
1 1 4
1 4
15 16
1 1 8
1 7 8
1 1 8
1 1 4
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 3 4
2 1 2
2 3 4
3 3 4
2 3 8
3 1 4
2 5 8
3 1 2
2 7 8
3 3 4
13 16
2 1 2
7 3 4
2 1 2
2 1 4
H
9 16
2.8
2 5 8
3 1 8
7
8
3 3 8
3 5 8
3 7 8
4
4 1 2
2 1 2
3 1 2
3 3 4
4 1 4
3 8
1 2
5 8
3 4
1 2
5 8
3 4
STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 60
Structural Attachments
H (Hole Dia.)
Max Load
Rod Size
A
Weight
3 8
650 F
750 F
0.6
730
572
1 2
0.6
1,350
1,057
5 8
0.9
2,160
1,692
CxCxD
Size of Stock
3 x 3 x 1 4
Hole Dia.
H
1 2
5 8
3 x 3 x 3 8
3 4
3 4
1.6
3,230
2,530
7 8
2.2
4,480
3,508
2.1
5,900
4,620
1 1 4
3.3
9,500
7,440
1 1 2
4.8
13,800
10,807
1 3 4
4.7
18,600
14,566
4.5
24,600
19,265
2 1 4
2 1 4
6.6
32,300
25,295
2 1 2
2 1 2
6.4
39,800
31,169
2 3 4
2 3 4
6.2
49,400
38,687
5.9
60,100
47,066
3 1 4
3 1 4
5.6
71,900
56,307
3 1 2
3 1 2
8.1
84,700
66,331
3 3 4
7.8
98,500
77,139
7 8
1
4 x 4 x 1 2
5 x 5 x 1 2
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 3 4
5 x 5 x 3 4
6 x 6 x 3 4
7 x 7 x 3 4
3 3 4
4
PH 61
STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 112
Fig. 113
Features:
Two piece pivoted assembly accommodates any angle to structure.
Sight hole in pipe end provides easy means of verifying proper
thread engagement.
HOLE
SIZE - H
SIGHT HOLE
PIPE END
ONLY
FIG. 113
Fig. 112, Fig. 113: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Weight
Pipe Size
A
Max Load
850
1 1 4
1, 1 5 0
Fig. 112
Fig. 113
0.95
0.50
1.40
2 3 16
0.80
PH 62
D
1 11 16
2 3 16
1 1 2
Hole Dia.
H
9 16
3 4
1 4
1 1 2
3 4
7 8
5 16
1 3 4
BRACKETS
Fig. 202
Brackets
G
B
Max Load
With Lag
Screw
With Bolt
to Steel
Weight
Hole
Dia.
H
3 8
390
730
0.26
1 3 8
5 8
1 7 16
17 32
7 16
7 8
1 4
1 2
640
1,350
0.54
1 13 16
3 4
1 7 8
21 32
9 16
1 3 16
11 32
5 8
760
2,160
0.94
2 3 16
7 8
2 1 8
7 8
3 4
1 7 16
7 16
PH 63
BRACKETS
Fig. 206
Max Load
Rod Size
A
1 2
With Bolt
to Steel
650
1,150
850
2,000
3 8
With Lag
Screw
5 8
Fig. 207
Weight
(lbs).
0.44
0.43
0.84
2 1 16
5 8
2 1 2
3 4
Hole
Size
H
7 16
1 4
9 16
11 16
3 8
3 8 "
BOLT HOLE
516
BOLT HOLE
3 8 "
THD. ROD
1 2 "
134
34
1 4
114
38
1516
38
1
Rod Size
A
212
3 8
1
1 2
1 1 4
PH 64
118
158
Bolt
Size
With Lag
Screw
3 8
400
1 2
560
1 2
650
5 8
850
With Bolt
to Steel
Weight
620
0.17
1,150
0.42
BRACKETS
Fig. 194
Brackets
Features:
Bracket may be installed either in position illustrated or reversed.
Ends of bracket are drilled to accept hanger rods up to 3 4 ".
Ordering: Specify bracket number, figure number, name and finish.
Order separately: Hanger rods, 2 bolts and plate washers.
1"
1316
Max 34"
W C
1316
1"
2"
Max Load
1
2
3
750
Weight
3.1
6 1 2
7.7
13
1 0 1 2
12.8
19
1 6 1 2
D
5 16
3 8
PH 65
BRACKETS
Fig. 195
3 8 "
Fig. 60
11 4 "
21 2 "
Order Separately: Rod, Fig. 60, bolts, nuts, and back plates for fastening brackets
to wall. Specify size and length of rod, bolts size, thickness, and drilling of back plates.
1" GAP
B C
1316"
Max Load
0
1
2
PH 66
1,500
Weight
17.4
12
18
1 5 1 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
27.3
18
24
2 1 1 2
1 3 4
1 3 4
30
2 7 1 2
47.7
24
BRACKETS
Fig. 199
Features: If supporting pipe by rod, rod can be installed at any point along the length of
the bracket thus providing horizontal adjustment.
Ordering: Specify bracket number, figure number, name. Orders for special brackets are
to be accompanied by detailed sketch.
Order Separately: Rod, Fig. 60, bolts, nuts, and back plates for fastening brackets to
wall. Specify size and length of rod, bolts size, thickness, and drilling of back plates.
Brackets
Fig. 60
1 2 "
1" GAP
B C
1" GAP
B C
HOLE
DIA (L)
HOLE
DIA (L)
SIZE 1 THRU 5
SIZE 0
Max Load
Weight
D
1 3 8
24.3
12
18
1 5 1 4
51.8
18
24
2 1 3 8
1 7 16
65.8
24
30
2 7 1 2
1 1 2
82.1
30
36
1 5 8
140.5
36
42
3 3 1 4
39
166.4
42
50
46
3,000
1 1 2
1 1 4
2 3 4
5
2 1 2
H
2
13 16
2 3 4
15 16
2 1 2
2 1 2
3 1 2
3 1 2
1 1 16
3
3 1 2
PH 67
CEILING PLATE
Fig. 127
Weight
Outside Dia.
Depth
0.07
1 13 16
1 2
Fig. 395
CL
SIZES 2 THRU 4
PH 68
CL
SIZES 5 THRU 8
Weight
D - Dia.
L
3 4
1 2
0.21
2 7 8
3 4
0.40
3 3 8
0.41
3 5 8
1 1 4
0.51
1 1 2
0.55
4 1 4
0.67
4 3 4
2 1 2
0.93
5 1 2
1.10
6 1 8
3 1 2
1.20
6 5 8
1.40
7 1 8
2.50
8 11 16
3.10
9 3 4
3.30
1 1 3 4
6 1 8
1 1 4
CEILING FLANGE
Fig. 128
3516"
3 8 "
14 NPT
1 3 8 "
Pipe Size
A
Max
Load
Weight
1 4
180
0.20
Fig. 128R
Screws
Number of
(not included)
Pieces Per
Carton
Quantity Size No.
25
12
316"
214"
12"
3516"
13 8 "
Rod Size
A
3 8
1 2
Max
Load
180
Weight
0.16
Screws
(not included)
Quantity
Size no.
12
PH 69
Ceiling Plates
316"
214"
CEILING FLANGE
Fig. 153
Features:
Provides vertical adjustment up to 1".
Good appearance.
Ordering: specify rod size, figure number and name.
3
8"
1
5
3
2", 8", 4"
Size
Size
H (3 PLACES)
H (2 PLACES)
D E
Max
Load
Weight
Size Screw H
(not included)
# 1 8 x1 1 2
3 8
425
0.4
1 2
1,050
0.9
5 8
1,220
1.5
1 2
2.2
9 16
3 4
PH 70
1,270
Screw Circle
Dia. F
2 7 8
1 3 8
7 8
3 16
1 1 2
15 16
1 4
2 7 8
x 2
4 3 4
1 5 8
5 16
3 3 8
x 2
5 1 4
1 7 8
1 1 16
3 8
3 5 8
3 8 x
CONCRETE INSERTS
Fig. 152
Concrete Inserts
E'
Max
Load
Weight
3 8
730
0.31
1 2
1,130
0. 3 2
5 8
1,260
0. 3 7
3 4
7 8
1 1 32
2 1 4
1 7 32
0.71
1 5 8
1 2
3 8
1 5 8
5 8
0.64
2,500
2 1 2
1 1 4
15 16
7 16
3 8
Based on insert only. Rating is subject to the condition that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert.
PH 71
CONCRETE INSERTS
Fig. 282
Installation:
1. Nail insert to wooden forms.
2. Where convenient, reinforcing rods may be placed in the opening through the top
of the insert, or short lengths of reinforcing rod may be wired to the insert prior to pouring
concrete. However, the specified load ratings and approvals are not
dependent on the use of any reinforcing rods in contact with the insert.
3. After concrete is poured and wooden forms are removed, place nut in insert and screw rod through
nut until rod is firmly against the top of the insert body. The rod should not be forced against the top
of the recess thereby placing unnecessary stress at the opening of the insert by the nut.
Features:
Cast body prevents concrete seepage.
Opening in top of insert provides for use of reinforcing rods up to 7 8 " diameter. Sides of insert
are recessed for reinforcing rods up to 1" diameter.
Low height, broad flat bottom and widely separated nail slots minimize displacement during
construction.
The nut, held in place by V-type teeth on both insert and nut, can be raised and moved from side to
side providing for lateral adjustment.
Rod is locked in place by screwing it firmly against the top of the recess.
One body size.
Ordering: Specify figure number, name, finish and size of nut.
Adjustment
B
Insert
Only
1316
PH 72
2316
Insert
Complete
With Nut
33 8
314
1 7 8
3 8
Nut
Only
1 2
5 8
Max
Load
Weight
730
1 11 16
3 4
1,130
1,140
1.5
1,140
7 8
1 1 8
1,140
3 8
1 2
5 8
3 4
1.3
0.2
7 8
Based on insert and nut only. Rating is subject to the condition that the
concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert.
CONCRETE INSERTS
Fig. 281
Installation:
1. Nail insert to wooden forms.
2. Where convenient, reinforcing rods may be placed in the opening through the top of the insert, or
short lengths of reinforcing rod may be wired to the insert prior to pouring concrete. However, note
that the specified load ratings and approvals are not dependent on the use of any
reinforcing rods in contact with the insert.
3. After concrete is poured and forms removed, insert screw driver into slot in knockout plate and snap
it out.
4. The nut may be put on the rod before inserting in the insert body. Then, turn rod so that elongated
nut lies across the slot; screw rod through nut until rod is firmly against the top of the recess.
Features:
Nut may be put on hanger rod before insertion, avoiding need of locating nut in insert body prior to
inserting rod.
Insert nut, when located in position, wedges against the sloping sides of insert, providing greater
support than if resting on lower edge of the insert body.
Concrete Inserts
Wedge-shaped body is so held by concrete in compression thus increasing load carrying capacity.
Easily removed knockout plate.
Rod can be adjusted along complete length of slot.
One body for six sizes of rod.
Ordering: Specify figure number, name and size of nut.
41/8"
Insert
Only
adj.*
33/4"
13 /4 "
Max Load
1 4
240
3 8
730
1 2
1,130
5 8
3 4
Nut
Only
Weight
0.82
0.86
0.89
1,200
7 8
27/32"
11/4"
TWO
DIA. HOLES
EACH END
2"
1/2"
3/16"
2 15/16"
31/8"
Insert
Complete
With
Nut
Rod Size A
0.86
0.93
0.69
1 4
3 8
1 2
0.17
5 8
0.20
3 4
0.17
7 8
0.24
0.13
PH 73
CONCRETE INSERTS
Fig. 285
Installation:
1. Nail insert to wooden forms.
2. Reinforcing rods may be located under the arched flanges at the top of the insert.
However, note that the specified load ratings and approvals are not dependent on the use of
any reinforcing rods in contact with the insert.
3. After concrete is poured and wooden forms are removed, remove knockout by tapping
along edge with pointed instrument.
4. Slip nut into insert and screw rod through nut until rod is firmly against the top
of the insert body.
Features:
Suitable for use in concrete 2" thick due to low overall height.
Highly competitive.
Provides for 2" of lateral adjustment.
Knockout prevents seepage of concrete from underneath the insert up into the insert body.
One body size.
Removable nut in four sizes.
Rod can be rigidly locked in position.
Ordering: Specify figure number, name, finish and size of nut.
21/2"
11/4"
1/4"
1
1"
41/4"
2" ADJ.
Insert
Complete
With Nut
Insert
Only
TWO 5/32"
DIA. HOLES
EACH END
33/4"
Nut
Only
Rod Size
A
Max
Load
Weight
1 4
230
0.46
3 8
1 2
0.49
400
5 8
0.49
0.48
1 4
3 8
1 2
0.41
0.07
5 8
PH 74
CONCRETE INSERTS
Fig. 286 (Formerly Fig. 283)
Installation:
(1) Nail insert to wooden forms.
(2) Locate fiberglass bars to rest upon existing reinforcing rods or
wire the insert directly into existing reinforced rods to achieve
the specified load ratings.
Concrete Inserts
Features:
Stainless steel body prevents corrosion.
Cone shaped body.
Exceptional pullout strength.
Eliminates uncertainty of tying conventional inserts into bridge deck rebars.
Ordering: Specify figure number, name and rod size.
FIBERGLASS RODS
12" LONG
316 SS RODS
AVAILABLE UPON
REQUEST
Fig. 286:
Rod Size A
DISC
312
NAIL MOUNTING
HOLES (4)
Max Load
(lbs)
3 4
3,230
7 8
4,480
5,900
1 1 4
9,500
1 1 2
13,800
PH 75
CONCRETE INSERTS
Fig. 284
Features:
L and H can be specified for a custom fit if your particular deck does
not accommodate type A, B, or C.
Ordering: Specify Figure 284, design type (A, B, C) and bolt diameter.
If your specific deck will not fit one of the design types and/or a different
bolt size is required, specify leg height (H), opening (L) and bolt size.
Type
H
A
Bolt Size
A
Max
Load
3 8
730
1 2
1,350
5 8
2,160
3 4
3,230
1.92
3 8
730
2.23
1 2
1,350
5 8
2,160
3 4
3,230
Weight
1.33
9 5 8
12
1 3 4
1 1 2
1 1 2
1.43
1.64
2.33
2.54
2.82
3 8
730
3.10
1 2
1,350
3.20
5 8
2,160
3 4
3,230
16
1 1 2
3.41
3.69
Based on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete used is of
sufficient strength to hold the deck hanger.
PH 76
CONCRETE ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 47
U (pin dia.)
Concrete Inserts
F Dia.
(4 Places)
Max
Load
Weight
1 2
1,350
11.1
5 8
2,160
14.6
3 4
3,230
14.8
7 8
4,480
22.0
5,90 0
31.9
1 1 4
9,500
43.8
1 1 2
13,80 0
45.6
1 3 4
18,60 0
55.7
24,600
58.2
10
12
4 7 8
9 16
4 13 16
11 16
5 3 4
13 16
5 11 16
15 16
1 1 8
6
5 5 8
1 3 8
3 8
1 2
8
2
1 1 2
T
1 4
1 1 4
3 8
3 4
1
1 1 4
3
4
U
5 8
3 4
7 8
1 1 2
1 2
1 1 8
5 8
1 3 8
2 1 2
3
1 5 8
3 4
1 7 8
2 1 4
Based on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load.
PH 77
CONCRETE ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 49
U
(Pin or Bolt Size)
B C
F (4 PLACES)
Max
Load
Weight
3 8
730
11.8
1 2
1,350
5 8
2,160
15.7
3 4
3,230
16.9
7 8
4,480
18.1
5,900
36.9
9 16
11.9
1
10
9,500
11 16
1 1 2
13,800
59.8
1 3 4
18,600
93.6
12
2
10
14
1 2
3 8
7 8
1 1 4
1 2
1 1 8
1 7 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
3 4
1 4
5 8
1 1 8
2 1 2
1 3 8
1 1 4
2 3 4
15 16
3 8
7 8
2 1 2
1 2
1 1 8
5 8
1 3 8
3 4
1 5 8
3 1 2
1 2
1 7 8
2 1 2
Based on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load.
PH 78
3 4
13 16
40.9
1 1 4
CONCRETE ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 52
Concrete Inserts
B C
F (4 PLACES)
Max
Load
Weight
3 8
730
11.6
2 1 4
1 2
1,350
11.6
2 1 8
5 8
2,160
15.1
3 4
3,230
16.1
7 8
4,480
16.7
5,900
34.9
1 1 4
9,500
40.9
10
12
9 16
2 7 8
2 1 4
3 1 8
3 1 2
3 5 8
11 16
13 16
3 1 8
G
3 8
1 2
4 1 4
4 1 2
5
3 4
Based on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load.
PH 79
HANGER RODS
Fig. 142
Standard
Length - L
Coach Screw
Thread Length C
3 1 2
3 8
3 4
8
3 1 2
1 2
Standard Rod
Thread Length D
390
2 1 2
3 4
2 7 16
640
2 1 2
Fig. 146
Max
Load
Size Range: 1 4 " through 112" Stocked in six, ten, and twelve foot
lengths. Other even foot lengths can be furnished to order.
Material: Carbon steel; rod threaded complete length.
Finish: Plain or galvanized.
Maximum Temperature: 650 F.
Ordering: Specify rod diameter and length, figure number,
name and finish.
Threads
per Inch
Max Load
650 F
Weight
per Ft.
PH 80
Rod
Size A
1 4
20
240
0.12
3 8
16
730
0.30
1 2
13
1,350
0.53
5 8
11
2,160
0.84
3 4
10
3,230
1.20
7 8
4,480
1.70
5,900
2.30
1 1 4
9,500
3.60
6
13,800
1 1 2
Note: Other rod sizes available upon request.
Class 2 fit is available upon request.
5 .10
Length
HANGER RODS
Machine Threaded Rods Threaded Both Ends
1 2
13
5 8
750 F
730
572
1,350
11
2,160
Rod Threads
Size A per Inch
Standard Rod
Thread Length D*
Max Load
650 F
750 F
2 3 4
49,400
38,687
11
60,100
47,066
12
1,692
3 1 4
8 UN
71,900
56,307
13
8 UN
84,700
66,331
14
2 1 2
1,057
3 4
10
3,230
2,530
3 1 2
7 8
4,480
3,508
3 1 2
3 3 4
8 UN
98,500
77,139
5,900
4,620
8 UN
113,400
88,807
1 1 4
9,500
7,440
4 1 4
8 UN
129,400
101,337
1 1 2
13,800
10,807
4 1 2
8 UN
146,600
114,807
1 3 4
18,600
14,566
4 3 4
8 UN
164,700
128,982
4 1 2
24,600
19,265
8 UN
184,000
144,096
2 1 4
4 1 2
32,300
25,295
2 1 2
39,800
31,169
10
Rod Size
A
Standard Rod
Thread Length D
3 8
1 2
2 1 2
5 8
L (min)
4 1 4
240
705
5 1 2
1,050
6 1 2
1,470
3 1 2
4
7 1 4
1,940
1 1 4
1 1 2
8 1 4
10
4,650
1 3 4
2
2 1 4
7
8
9
2 1 2
10
4 1 2
18
15
*Fig. 140 rod up to 1" rod size and 24" in length may be furnished as
Fig 146 rod unless order states that all thread rod is not acceptable.
Standard Rod
Thread Length D*
3 4
7 8
12
14
1 5 1 2
17
3,120
6,380
8,280
10,900
13,400
PH 81
Hanger Rods
16
650 F
3 8
Max Load
HANGER RODS
Fig. 278: Right Hand Threads
Fig. 278L: Left Hand Threads
Standard
Rod Thread
Length - D
572
1,057
5 8
4 1 2
2,160
1,692
3 4
5 1 2
3,230
2,530
7 8
3 1 2
6 1 2
4,480
3,508
5,900
4,620
1 1 4
8 1 4
9,500
7,440
730
1,350
7 1 4
1 1 2
10
13,800
10,807
1 3 4
12
18,600
14,566
19,265
4 1 4
2 1 2
750 F
650 F
3 8
1 2
WELDED
Max Load
L (min)
14
24,600
2 1 4
1 5 1 2
32,300
25,295
2 1 2
10
17
39,800
31,169
(L1)
7 8
Fig. 278 welded eye rod 1 ft. 2 1 2 in. long, center to end.
(L2)
7 8
Fig. 278 welded eye rod 1 ft. 2 1 2 in. long center to end.
L2
Fig. 248X
PH 82
WELDED
L2
Fig. 278X
A
L1
Max Load
Rod Size
A
Fig. 248X
650 F
Fig. 278X
650 F
750 F
3 8
240
730
572
1 2
440
1,350
1,057
5 8
705
2,160
1,692
3 4
1,050
3,230
2,530
L1
7 8
7 8
1,470
4,480
3,508
1,940
5,900
4,620
1 1 4
3,120
9,500
7,440
1 1 2
4,650
13,800
10,807
1 3 4
6,380
18,600
14,566
8,280
24,600
19,265
2 1 4
10,900
32,300
25,295
2 1 2
13,400
39,800
31,169
HANGER RODS
Fig. 148
5
H
L (MIN)
Hanger Rods
Max Load
Weight*
Min Length
Weight/Ft.
Additional
Length
650 F
750 F
2 3 4
49 , 4 0 0
38,687
35.9
20
9 5 8
60, 1 0 0
47,066
42.9
24
11
3 1 4
71, 9 0 0
56,307
54.7
28
1 2 1 4
3 1 2
84, 7 0 0
66,331
67.3
33
1 2 1 2
3 3 4
98, 5 0 0
77,139
80.0
37
1 3 7 8
113 , 4 0 0
88,807
97.0
43
1 5 1 8
4 1 4
129 , 4 0 0
101,337
127.0
48
1 6 1 4
4 1 2
146 , 6 0 0
L (Min)
3 3 4
3 1 8
19
3 5 8
3 3 8
20
3 5 8
21
4 1 4
3 7 8
24
4 1 2
4 1 8
25
4 7 8
4 3 8
26
12
4
114,807
131.0
54
4 3 4
15
5
5 1 4
16
18
4 3 4
164 , 7 0 0
128,982
154.0
60
17
184 , 0 0 0
144,096
175.0
67
1 7 7 8
5 3 4
6 1 4
4 5 8
30
4 7 8
6
1 1 2
7
7 1 2
5 1 8
8 1 2
5 1 2
9 1 2
5 3 4
5 1 8
31
5 3 8
32
6 3 8
8 1 2
2 1 2
9 1 2
10
PH 83
ROD ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 135: Straight With Sight-Hole
Fig. 135E: Straight Less Sight-Hole
Fig. 135R: Reducing
Size Range: 14" through 1"
Material: Carbon steel
Finish: Fig. 135:Plain; Fig.135E and Fig.135R Galvanized
Service: For connecting rods to accommodate up to 1"
Rod Coupling
Fig 135, 135E, 135R: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Rod Size A
Max Load
Weight
0.09
5 8
1 3 4
1 1 2
730
1 2
1,350
0.12
3 4
5 8
2,160
0.24
15 16
17 8
3 4
3,230
0.42
1 1 8
2 1 4
0.66
1 5 16
22 8
1.00
1 1 2
0.03
3 8
7 8
1 1 8
1 3 4
7 8
4,480
5,900
Sight
Hole
240
3 8
730
0.09
5 8
1 2
1,350
0.14
11 16
5 8
2,160
0.26
13 16
3 4
3,230
0.34
240
0.13
5 8
730
0.13
11 16
3 8
x 1 4
1 2
3 8
5 8
x 1 2
1,350
0.19
13 16
2 1 8
3 4
5 8
2,160
0.26
2 1 4
3 4
0.41
1 1 4
2 1 2
7 8
3,230
1 3 4
Rod Coupling
Features:
Available in reducing sizes.
Provides visual inspection of thread engagement.
Uniform strength;
D
good appearance.
Max
Load
Weight
230
0.06
13 8
5 8
3 8
730
0.10
15 8
11 16
1 2
1,350
0.20
21 8
15 16
5 8
2,160
0.33
21 2
11 8
3 4
3,230
0.44
25 8
11 4
7 8
4,480
0.96
23 1 6
15 8
5,900
0.94
23 4
11 3 1 6
PH 84
2 1 4
x 1 4
230
0.10
1 5 8
1 5 8
1 2
x 3 8
730
0.21
2 1 8
2 1 8
ROD ATTACHMENTS
Turnbuckle Adjuster
Fig. 114
A
Max Load
Weight
1 4
230
0.09
2 1 2
1 1 4
7 32
730
0.31
3 8
0.28
1 2
5 8
3 4
860
3 13 16
0.72
4 7 8
0.70
4 15 16
1 7 8
13 32
1 13 16
1 2
2 5 16
Fig. 110R
9 16
Installation: Normally used with the split pipe ring Fig. 108, see page PH-22.
Ordering: Specify rod tapping size, figure number and name.
"B" MAX
Rod Size
A
Max Load
Weight
1 4
650
0.05
3 8
800
0.07
1 2
1,000
0.13
5 8
1,400
0.19
3 4
2,200
0.31
7 8
2,300
0.44
E
1 1 8
1 4
1 11 32
1 17 32
3 8
1 2
1 13 16
2 5 32
2 11 32
PH 85
ROD ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 157
Extension piece
E
C
Max
Load
Weight
Rod
Take-Out E
3 8
730
0.20
1 1 4
2 1 16
1 1 4
1 2
1 2
1,35 0
0.40
1 3 8
2 5 16
1 3 8
5 8
1,55 0
0.44
1 1 2
2 7 16
1 7 16
3 4
2,10 0
0.65
1 3 4
2 7 8
1 11 16
7 8
2,35 0
0.78
1 7 8
1 3 4
PH 86
5 8
3 4
K
9 16
1 2
9 16
11 16
3 4
7 8
ROD ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 299
Features:
Available with pin and cotter pins, if required.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. If pin and cotter pins are
required, specify with pin. If other than standard combination of clevis number and rod
size is required, specify clevis number, special rod tapping size, pin size, grip.
A
Max Load
Weight
650 F
750 F
Without Pin
3 8
73 0
572
0.9
With Pin
1.0
1 2
1,3 5 0
1,057
0.7
0.9
5 8
2,1 6 0
1,692
0.7
0.9
3 4
3,2 3 0
2,530
2.5
3.0
7 8
4,4 8 0
3,508
2.5
3.4
5,90 0
4,620
4.0
5.1
1 1 4
9,5 0 0
7,440
3.8
5.5
1 1 2
13,8 0 0
10,807
6.0
8.5
1 3 4
18,6 0 0
14,566
8.0
12.9
24,60 0
19,265
16.0
23.3
2 1 4
32,3 0 0
25,295
26.0
35.1
2 1 2
39,8 0 0
31,169
25.5
36.0
2 3 4
49,4 0 0
38,687
36.0
50.0
60,10 0
47,066
35.0
51.5
3 1 4
71,9 0 0
56,307
90.0
116.0
3 1 2
84,7 0 0
66,331
88.0
118.0
3 3 4
98,5 0 0
77,139
86.0
120.0
113, 4 0 0
88,807
84.0
122.0
Rod Take
Out B
Pin Dia.
P
3 11 16
1 7 16
5 8
5 8
1 2
5 16
Grip
1 1 16
1 2
3 4
7 8
1 5 16
6
7
7 8
3 1 2
1 5 8
1 5 8
1 3 4
1 7 8
2 1 4
2 1 4
2 3 4
2 1 2
2 3 4
3
3 1 4
5 8
3 8
1 1 8
1 3 8
Clevis
No.
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 2
1 3 4
2
5 8
2 1 2
3 4
7 8
3 1 2
1 1 2
3 4
2 1 2
7 8
1
1 1 4
1 1 2
3
3 1 2
4
5
2 1 2
6
7
3 1 2
10
3 3 4
4
4 1 4
PH 87
Rod Attachments
GRIP
P
D
ROD ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 230
Turnbuckle
1
2B
B"
ROD
TAKE OUT
Weight
650F
750F
B= 6"
Opening
B=12"
Opening
3 8
730
572
0.42
1 2
1,350
1,057
0.65
1.20
5 8
2,160
1,692
0.98
1.58
3 4
3,230
2,530
1.50
2.35
7 8
4,480
3,508
1.90
4.05
5,900
4,620
2.60
4.02
1 1 4
9,500
7,440
4.50
1 1 2
13,800
10,807
6.40
1 3 4
18,600
14,566
11.00
24,600
19,265
14.90
2 1 4
32,300
25,295
19.60
2 1 2
39,800
31,169
26.90
Fig. 233
Turnbuckle
opening dimension.
C
L
B = Opening
Sight
Holes
Rod Size*
A
Max Load
1 1 4
9,500
9.0
10.8
12.6
1 1 2
13,800
12.4
14.9
17.4
1 3 4
18,600
11.7
14.2
16.7
24,600
20.9
24.7
28.5
2 1 4
32,300
29.5
34.6
39.7
2 1 2
39,800
28.3
33.4
38.5
2 3 4
49,400
35.6
41.8
48.1
54.3
F
B= 6" B=12" B=18" B=24"
60,100
41.6
49.1
56.6
64.1
3 1 4
71,900
39.6
47.0
54.5
62.0
3 1 2
84,700
72.5
82.9
93.3
103.7
3 3 4
98,500
69.6
80.0
90.4
1 0 7 . 30
113,400
110.7
125.1
139.4
153.6
4 1 4
129,400
107.1
121.5
135.7
150.0
4 1 2
146,600
233.5
255.2
276.9
298.6
4 3 4
164,700
227.6
249.3
271.0
292.7
184,000
221.4
243.1
264.8
286.5
PH 88
2 1 8
2 3 8
3 3 16
3 1 4
3 1 2
3 13 16
4 7 16
6 13 16
ROD ATTACHMENTS
Fig. 290: Right-Hand Thread
Fig. 290L: Left-Hand Thread
Features:
Supports loads equal to the full limitation of the hanger rod.
Provides flexible connection when used with straight thread rod.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. If other than
standard combination of eye nut number and rod size, specify eye nut number and
special rod tapping size.
Rod Attachments
Max Load
Weight
650 F
750 F
3 8
730
572
0.63
1 2
1,350
1,057
0.63
5 8
2,160
1,692
0.62
3 4
3,230
2,530
0.60
7 8
4,480
3,508
1.70
5,900
4,620
1.70
1 1 4
9,500
7,440
3.60
1 1 2
13,800
10,807
3.50
1 3 4
18,600
14,566
16.40
24,600
19,265
15.90
2 1 4
32,300
25,295
15.40
2 1 2
39,800
31,169
14.90
Rod Take
Out E
Eye Nut
Number
1 1 2
1 3 16
1 2
1 3 8
11 16
1 11 16
3 4
2 5 8
1 15 16
2 1 2
1 13 16
3 3 8
2 3 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
6 1 4
2 1 4
PH 89
Ordering: Specify pin diameter, figure number, name, finish and if cotter
Weight
650 F
750 F
1 2
730
572
0.12
2 7 8
2 1 8
5 8
1,35 0
1,057
0.18
3 1 8
2 3 8
3 4
2,16 0
1,691
0.29
3 5 8
2 7 8
7 8
3,23 0
2,529
0.47
4,48 0
3,508
0.67
3 1 4
1 1 8
5,90 0
4,620
1.00
4 3 4
1 3 8
9,50 0
7,439
2.10
5 3 8
4 3 8
1 5 8
13,800
10,805
3.30
1 7 8
18,600
14,564
4.80
2 1 4
24,600
19,262
7.20
7 1 8
5 7 8
2 1 2
32,300
25,291
9.30
7 5 8
6 3 8
2 3 4
39,800
31,163
12.50
7 7 8
6 5 8
49,40 0
38,680
16.60
8 1 4
6 3 4
3 1 4
60,100
47,058
20.00
8 1 2
3 1 2
71,90 0
56,298
23.90
8 3 4
7 1 4
3 3 4
84,700
66,320
25.10
9 1 2
98,50 0
77,125
34.80
9 3 4
8 1 4
PH 90
5 32
3 8
Cotter Pin
Size
1 8
x 1 1 4
3 16
x 1 1 2
7 32
3 16
1 2
5 8
3 4
9 32
3 8
1 4
x 2
x 2
3 8 x
3 8 x
1 2
x 5
1 2
x 6
1 2
Hexagon Nuts
Bolt /Rod
Size
Width
Thickness
Bolt /Rod
Size
Width
Thickness
1 4
7 16
15 64
1 3 4
2 3 4
1 25 32
3 8
9 16
11 32
3 1 8
2 1 32
1 2
3 4
29 64
2 1 4
3 1 2
2 19 64
5 8
15 16
9 16
2 1 2
3 7 8
2 35 64
3 4
1 1 8
43 64
2 3 4
4 1 4
2 13 16
7 8
1 5 16
25 32
4 5 8
3 1 16
1 1 2
57 64
3 1 4
3 5 16
1 1 4
1 7 8
1 3 32
3 1 2
5 3 8
3 9 16
1 3 8
2 1 16
1 13 64
3 3 4
5 3 4
3 13 16
1 1 2
2 1 4
1 5 16
Size Range:
American Standard hexagon nuts -
PH 91
U-BOLTS
Fig. 137: Standard U-bolt
Fig. 137S*: Special U-bolt (non-standard)
U-Bolts
Ordering Fig. 137: Specify pipe size x rod size (e.g., 6 x 5 8 ), figure number, name. U-bolt will
be furnished with longer tangents D or with longer threads E if so required and ordered. If hex
nuts are not required, specify without hex nuts.
Ordering Fig. 137S: Specify figure number, name, material specification, dimensions
A, B, C, D, and E, and with hex nuts or without hex nuts.
1 2
3 4
0.11
15 16
1 3 16
1 3 8
1 5 8
1 1 4
0.28
1 11 16
2 1 16
2 7 8
0.30
2 3 8
0.33
2 7 16
2 13 16
3 1 4
2 1 2
0.73
2 15 16
3 7 16
3 3 4
0.78
3 9 16
4 1 16
0.84
4 1 16
4 9 16
4 1 4
0.90
4 9 16
5 1 16
4 1 2
1.0
5 5 8
6 1 8
2.0
6 3 4
7 3 8
6 1 8
2.3
8 3 4
9 3 8
7 1 8
4.9
1 0 7 8
1 1 5 8
8 3 8
7.7
1 2 7 8
1 3 3 4
9 5 8
8.3
1 4 1 8
15
1 0 1 4 4 1 4
16
9.2
1 6 1 8
17
1 1 1 4
18
13.5
1 8 1 8
1 9 1 8
1 2 5 8
20
14.6
2 0 1 8
2 1 1 8
1 3 5 8
16.9
2 4 1 8
2 5 1 8
1 5 5 8 4 3 4
30
19.1
3 0 1 8
3 1 1 8
1 8 5 8
36
23.2
3 6 1 8
3 7 1 8
2 1 5 8
3 1 2
1 2
1,46 0
2,70 0
1,144
2,114
365
675
8
10
5 8
4,32 0
3,382
1,080
3 4
6,46 0
5,060
1,615
12
14
24
7 8
9,96 0
11,800
7,016
9,240
2,490
2 3 4
2 1 8
2 7 32
2 3 32
2 1 32
3 8
145
2 1 2
2 1 16
2 5 16
2 1 4
2 7 32
3 3 4 2 13 16
4
3
3 1 4
3 5 8
loads, weights and dimensions shown do not apply for Fig. 137S
Max load rating for carbon steel is 2 x max load rating for rod size "A"
Max load rating for stainless steel is .85 x 2 x max load rating for rod size "A"
*When the combination of a normal load and a side load occurs, a straight line interaction
formula may be used to determine if the Fig. 137 is still within the allowable stress range:
Pn/Pna + Ps/Psa 1
Where: Pn = actual applied normal load;
Pna = allowable normal load for the Fig. 137;
Ps = actual applied side load;
Psa = allowable side load for the Fig. 137
Nuts must be snug tight in installation to achieve side loads shown.
PH 92
1 1 8
1 3 8
454
0.12
0.12
580
F
2 5 16
1
1 1 2
1 4
750 F
650 F
650 F
Max Side Wt .
Load
CL
Rod
Size
A
Pipe
Size
U-BOLTS
Fig. 137C: Plastic Coated
U-Bolts
Ordering: Specify pipe size x rod size (e.g., 2 x 3 8 ), figure number and name.
If hex nuts are not required, specify without hex nuts.
Fig. 137C: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) Dimensions (in)
3 8
1 2
5 8
580
1,460
2,700
4,320
1 3 16
1 3 8
1 5 8
2 1 16
2 3 8
2 13 16
3 7 16
4 1 16
4 9 16
5 1 16
6 1 8
7 3 8
9 3 8
2 1 8
2 5 16
2 7 32
2 3 32
2 1 32
1 1 8
1 3 8
1 11 16
2
2 7 16
2 15 16
3 9 16
4 1 16
4 9 16
5 5 8
6 3 4
8 3 4
2 3 4
2 7 8
3
3 1 4
3 3 4
4
4 1 4
4 1 2
5
6 1 8
7 1 8
2 1 2
15 16
0.11
0.12
0.12
0.28
0.30
0.33
0.73
0.78
0.84
0.90
1.00
2.00
2.30
A
F
E
2 1 16
2 5 16
CL
2 1 4
2 7 32
3 3 4
1
1 1 4
1 1 2
2
2 1 2
3
3 1 2
4
5
6
8
1 4
3 4
1 2
Weight
Max
Load
Rod Size
A
Pipe
Size
PLASTIC
COATING
2 13 16
Fig. 120
580
1 1 2
0.06
0.07
1 1 8
1 3 8
2 1 16
0.07
1 3 8
1 5 8
2 3 16
1 11 16
1 15 16
2 3 8
0.09
2 1 4
2 7 16
2 11 16
2 11 16
1 4
0.10
2 7 16
2 1 2
0.28
2 15 16
3 5 16
3 1 16
0.31
3 9 16
3 15 16
3 3 8
4 1 16
4 7 16
3 5 8
3 1 2
1,460
0.35
3 8
0.38
4 9 16
4 15 16
3 7 8
0.45
5 5 8
4 9 16
0.95
6 3 4
7 1 4
5 1 16
8 3 4
9 1 4
6 1 16
1 0 7 8
1 1 1 2
7 1 4
2,700
8
10
1.20
4,320
2.30
1 2
5 8
E
C
B
1 3 4
D
1 15 16
C
1 3 16
B
15 16
0.08
Rod Size A
E
D
2
CL
1
1 1 4
Weight
3 4
Max Load
1 2
Pipe Size
2 1 4
2 1 2
PH 93
STRAPS
Fig. 262
Strap Short
Pipe
Size
L
C
0.20
0.23
300
410
0.54
0.60
21 2
1.40
1.60
31 2
450
610
Two #18 x 2
steel wood
screws or two
3 8 " bolts to
steel
0.36
11 2
Screw or Bolt
Size
0.26
CL
1 2
11 4
3 4
Max Load
1.90
23 4
1 2
11 8
31 8
1116
17 16
31 2
1116
15 8
33 4
1116
21 8
41 8
13 8
21 2
51 8
11 4
53 8
63 8
1.80
43 8
43 4
5
Two #18 x 3
steel wood
screws or
two 3 8 "
bolts to steel
11 4
23 4
613 16
59 16 13 4
35 8
75 16
61 16
17 8
69 16
23 16
45 8
71 8
23 8
713 16
11 2
83 8
1 8
1 4
Fig. 126
One-Hole Clamp
CL
Pipe
Size
Weight
Dia. of
Hole - A
Size Screw/Bolt
3 8
0.67
0.03
1 4
N o . 10
1 2
0.84
0.03
3 4
1.05
0.05
1.31
0.09
11 4
1.66
0.12
11 2
2
1.90
0.16
2.37
0.25
21 2
3
2.87
0.49
3.50
0.82
4.50
PH 94
1.30
516
1 4
3 8
716
1116
3 4
3 8
5 8
STRAPS
Fig. 243
Pipe Strap
1 1 4
4 1 2
1 1 2
5
6
6 1 2
7 1 2
9 3 4
600
0.71
0.84
Pn
0.98
116
2.64
3 8
1 2
1,500
2.94
2,500
5.20
CL
3.39
2,800
3,000
7.93
FIELD
WELD
T
9.63
5 1 2
2
2 1 2
1 4
Weight
3 1 2
Rated Load
Pn
3 4
1 2
Pipe
Size
19.97
Fig. 244
Pipe Strap
1 4
0.47
1
1 3 16
0.39
1 7 16
0.56
1 1 4
1 3 4
1.62
1 1 2
50 0
2,000
2 1 2
2 1 2
65 0
700
4 9 16
6 3 4
1.81
1 2
4
6
2.20
3.56
CL
Ps
5.74
7.16
16
FIELD
WELD
T
2,300
3 9 16
3 8
Pn
1,500
Weight
3 4
25 0
1 2
Pn
L
Ps
Pipe
Size
15.32
PH 95
PIPE SUPPORTS
Fig. 62, Type A, B and C
Pipe Stanchion
CL
Top
Stanchion
Field
Weld
Top
Stanchion
Vent
Hole
1 4 "
Vent
Hole
Bottom
Stanchion
Base Plate
Base Plate
Bottom
Stanchion
Base Plate
Pipe
or Elbow
Size (in)
2
2 1 2
3
4
5
212
8
10
14
16
18
Weight (Lbs)
12
28
Dimensions (in)
5
Top
Stanchion
Bottom
Stanchion
1 1 2
2 Std.
2 1 2
4
5
12
Top
Stanchion
D
1 4 "
Bottom
Stanchion
Vent
Hole
1 4 "
Field
Weld
3" Nominal
+/- 3"
Field
Weld
55
PH 96
x 6 x 6
3 Std.
x 1 0 x 10
5 S ch . 8 0
3 8
x 1 0 x 10
6 S ch . 8 0
3 8
x 1 0 x 10
75
3 8
3 8
To Order Specify:
Base
Plate
PIPE SUPPORTS
Fig. 63, Type A, B and C
Pipe Stanchion
CL
1 4 "
Vent
Hole
D
1 4 "
Vent
Hole
1 4 "
Vent
Hole
Stanchion
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
42
42
Base Plate
Base Plate
(L. R. Elbow)
(S. R. Elbow)
(Horizontal Pipe)
Dimensions (in)
Stanchion Size
(Standard Weight Pipe)
112
Base Plate
11.6
212
16.4
23.7
31.8
47.0
59.0
100.0
10
12
14
16
20
24
Stanchion
Size
1 1 2
2
2 1 2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
Base
Plate
3 8
x 6 x 6
3 8
x 8 x 8
3 8
x 10 x 10
3 8
x 14 x 14
1 2
x 18 x 18
1 2
x
x
1 2 x
1 2 x
1 2
20
22
24
30
x
x
x
x
20
22
24
30
Pipe Supports
2 1 2
Pipe
or Elbow
Size (in)
Stanchion
Stanchion
To Order Specify:
PH 97
PIPE SUPPORTS
Fig. 192
CL
9 7 16
2 1 2
9 11 16
5 8
10
3 1 2
1 0 1 4
1 0 1 2
11
8"
120
Rod
Size A
6
8
10
12
7 8
1
1 1 4
1 1 11 16
1 2 11 16
1 3 7 8
1 4 7 8
Weight
1.0
1 4
1.4
x 1
1.6
2.6
1 4
x 1 1 4
3 8
x 1 1 2
1 2
3.0
3.2
4.9
6.2
10.5
x 2
11.8
Fig. 191
Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 37) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 37).
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish.
CL
8"
9 7 16
1.2
9 11 16
1.4
3 15 16
10
3 1 2
4 7 16
1 0 1 4
5 1 4
1 0 1 2
6 1 8
11
7 1 4
1 1 11 16
9 3 8
1 2 11 16
1 1 1 2
1 3 7 8
1 3 1 2
1 4 7 8
Weight
3 5 16
10
PH 98
2 11 16
2 1 2
3
Rod Size
A
12
5 8
7 8
1
1 1 4
1 4
x 1
1.6
2.6
1 4
x 1 1 4
3 8
x 1 1 2
1 2
x 2
3.0
3.2
4.9
6.2
10.5
11.8
PIPE SUPPORTS
Fig. 258
CL
3"
A
NOM. PIPE
SIZE
Width C
4
9.1
4 3 16
5
10.8
4 13 16
6
11.8
5 7 16
3 5 8
8
14.3
6 15 16
3
10
19.3
8 7 16
12
23.1
9 15 16
14
15.0
1 0 1 2
4
16
16.0
1 1 1 2
18
23.0
1 3 1 2
20
24.0
1 4 1 2
22
26.0
1 5 1 2
5
24
30.0
1 7 1 2
4
26
32.0
1 8 1 2
30
41.0
2 0 5 8
32
42.0
2 1 5 8
36
46.0
2 3 5 8
8 3 4
* Standard Wall Pipe
The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle.
Max
Load
3,800
5,300
6,700
7,300
PH 99
Pipe Supports
Pipe Size
PIPE SUPPORTS
Fig. 264
Installation: Adjustment is obtained by turning the locknut nipple. The lower end of the nipple is
staked, upsetting the threads to prevent separation of nipple and coupling during adjustment.
Features:
Vertical adjustment of approximately 41 2 "
Saddle supports a broad range of pipe sizes
Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure number,
CL
NOM. PIPE
SIZE - D
3"
NOM. PIPE
SIZE - A
Pipe
Size
Complete
2 1 2
3
9. 0
4.8
9.2
5.0
9. 4
5.2
Saddle
Only
3 1 2
2 1 2
3 3 4
4
1 1 2
Min
Max
13
8 1 4
1 3 1 4
8 1 2
1 3 1 2
14
3 1 2
4
15 . 0
7.6
4 1 4
16. 7
8.3
4 7 8
9 1 4
10
17 . 7
10.3
5 1 2
1 0 1 2
1 5 1 4
20 . 2
12.8
1 1 3 4
1 6 1 2
10
25 . 2
17.8
8 1 2
29 . 0
21.6
9 15 16
1 3 1 2
15
1 8 1 4
12
38.0
1 0 15 16
1 6 1 4
2 0 3 4
1 7 3 4
2 2 1 4
24
14
40 . 2
6 7 8
1 2 3 8
16
53. 2
42.0
18
70 . 8
51.0
1 3 7 8
2 1 2
3
3 1 2
1 9 1 2
21
10 4 . 8
85.0
22
12 1 . 0
98.0
1 5 1 2
2 1 5 16
2 5 13 16
110.0
1 7 15 16
2 3 3 4
2 8 1 4
1 8 1 2
2 4 5 16
2 8 13 16
27
3 1 1 2
3 2 3 4
26
15 4 . 0
130.0
30
17 0 . 0
150.0
2 1 5 16
32
18 1 . 0
161.1
2 2 1 2
2 8 1 4
2 4 1 2
3 0 1 4
1,800
3 5 8
3,800
1 9 3 4
20
13 7 . 0
Max
Load
1 4 3 4
1 5 3 8
24
Width
C
4 5 8
6,700
2 5 1 2
6 3 4
8 3 4
36
24 9 . 0
229.0
3 4 3 4
*The special cast iron reducer may be furnished with a hexed shaped smaller end.
* Standard Wall Pipe
The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle.
PH 100
5,300
7,300
PIPE SUPPORTS
Fig. 265
Installation: Adjustment is obtained by turning the locknut nipple. The lower end of
the nipple is staked, upsetting the threads to prevent separation of nipple and coupling
during adjustment.
CL
Features:
Vertical adjustment of approximately 41 2 "
Saddle supports a broad range of pipe sizes
Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure
NOM. PIPE
SIZE - D
3"
NOM. PIPE
SIZE - A
Weight
Pipe
Size
Complete
Saddle
Only
22.0
10.8
4 3 16
9 1 2
14
23.1
12.1
4 13 16
1 0 1 8
1 4 5 8
23.9
12.7
5 7 16
1 0 3 4
1 5 1 4
32.5
21.3
6 15 16
1 2 1 4
1 6 3 4
10
36.9
25.7
12
14
42.4
39.2
8 7 16
Min
Max
1 3 3 4
1 8 1 4
31.2
9 15 16
1 4 5 8
1 9 1 8
28.0
1 0 1 2
1 5 13 16
2 0 5 16
1 6 13 16
2 1 5 16
1 9 1 8
2 3 5 8
2 0 1 8
2 4 5 8
16
42.2
31.0
1 1 1 2
18
60.0
40.0
1 3 1 2
3 1 2
20
63.0
43.0
1 4 1 2
22
66.0
46.0
1 5 1 2
2 1 5 16
2 5 13 16
1 7 1 2
2 3 5 16
2 7 13 16
2 4 5 16
2 8 13 16
2 6 7 16
3 0 15 16
2 7 7 16
3 1 15 16
24
72.0
52.0
26
75.0
57.0
1 8 1 2
30
89.0
69.0
2 0 5 8
32
93.0
73.0
2 1 5 8
Width
C
Max
Load
3 5 8
3,800
5,300
6,700
6
7,300
36
101.0
81.0
2 9 7 16
3 3 15 16
2 3 5 8
*The special cast iron reducer may be furnished with a hexed shaped smaller end.
* Standard Wall Pipe
The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle.
PH 101
Pipe Supports
PIPE SUPPORTS
Fig. 259
CL
3"
A
NOM. PIPE
SIZE
Fig. 259
Cast Iron
A
NOM. PIPE
SIZE
Fig. 259
Fabricated Steel
Weight
10.8
4 3 16
12.1
4 13 16
12.7
5 7 16
21.3
6 15 16
10
25.7
12
31.2
9 15 16
14
28.0
1 0 1 2
16
31.0
1 1 1 2
18
40.0
1 3 1 2
20
43.0
1 4 1 2
22
46.0
1 5 1 2
24
52.0
26
55.0
30
69.0
2 0 5 8
32
73.0
2 1 5 8
36
81.0
2 3 5 8
Width
C
Max
Load
3 5 8
3 , 8 00
8 7 16
1 7 1 2
5 , 300
6 , 7 00
6
1 8 1 2
PH 102
7 , 3 00
TRAPEZE
Fig. 46
H HOLE
J HOLE
D HOLE
C TO C
L
N
(2 PLACES)
(2 PLACES)
FIG.60
WASHER PLATE
REQUIRED
Max
Hole
Dia.
H, J, D
1 1 8
1 1 2
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
1 1 2
2 1 2
23
25
27
29
2 5 8
3 3 8
14x2x2
5.40
14x3x2
7.10
316x4x3
8.14
1 5 8
14x4x4
12.00
17 8
14x6x4
15.42
2 3 8
14x8x4
18.80
27 8
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
36
42
48
54
60
29
31
33
39
31
33
35
41
47
53
59
65
L (in)
23 1 4 25 1 4 27 1 4 29 1 4 31 1 4 33 1 4 35 1 4 41 1 4 47 1 4 53 1 4 59 1 4 65 1 4
30 3 4 32 3 4 34 3 4 36 3 4 42 3 4 48 3 4 54 3 4 60 3 4 66 3 4
32
34
36
38
44
50
56
62
68
Fig. 46: Maximum Load (lbs); Based on C to C Dimensions at Max Temperature of 250 F
Size
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
36
42
48
54
60
2,600
2,300
1,900
1,700
1,500
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
1,000
8,80
6,700
5,700
5,000
4,500
4,000
3,600
3,300
3,100
2,800
2,700
2,200
5,800
5,200
4,800
4,400
3,900
3,600
3,500
2,900
2,500
2,200
1,900
1,700
10,200
9,100
8,300
7,500
7,000
6,500
6,100
5,100
4,300
3,800
3,300
3,000
12,000
11,100
10,300
9,600
8,000
6,800
6,000
5,300
4,800
20,000
18,400
17,100
16,000
13,300
11,400
10,000
8,800
8,000
PH 103
Trapeze
Size
Size
Weight
Tubing
TRAPEZE
Fig. 45
Channel Assembly
Note: Can also be used with a U-bolt Fig. 137 & Fig. 60
washer plates to secure pipe to the center of channel assembly
CC
H DIA.
38
12
58
34
78
114
112
134
214
212
234
314
312
2 3 4
3 1 4
3 1 2
3 3 4
3 1 4
3 1 2
3 3 4
H H ole
1 2
5 8
3 4
7 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 3 4
2 1 4
2 1 2
9 16
11 16
13 16
15 16
1 1 16
1 3 8
1 5 8
1 7 8
2 1 4
2 1 2
2 3 4
1 4
1 4
3 8
3 8
3 8
3 8
1 2
1 2
1 2
3 4
3 4
3 4
3 4
3 4
3 4
3 4
3 4
3 4
3 8
3 8
3 8
3 8
3 8
3 8
3 8
3 8
3 8
1 2
1 2
1 2
42
48
54
60
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
36
8.2
8,800
7,500
6,600
5,800
5,200
4,800
4,400
3,900
3,600
3,500
2,900
2,500
2,200
1,900
1,700
10.8
15,200
13,100
11,400
10,200
9,100
8,300
7,500
7,000
6,500
6,100
5,100
4,300
3,800
3,300
3,000
13.4
16,000
14,400
13,100
12,000
11,100
10,300
9,600
8,000
6,800
6,000
5,300
4,800
21.0
26,600
24,000
21,800
20,000
18,400
17,100
16,000
13,300
11,400
10,000
8,800
8,000
23.0
32,300
29,800
27,700
25,800
21,500
18,500
16,100
14,300
12,900
10
30.6
53,500
49,400
45,800
42,800
35,700
30,600
26,700
23,800
21,400
12
41.4
57,000
48,900
42,800
38,000
34,200
15
67.8
111,000 95,300
83,400
74,100
66,700
PH 104
TRAPEZE
Fig. 50
C TO C
H HOLE
D
HOLE
(2 PLACES)
J HOLE
(2 PLACES)
1 1 2
1 4
2 x
1 4
2 x
3 8
2 1 2
3 8
2.34
7 8
4.70
5.90
3 x
3 8
7.20
3 x
1 2
9.40
4 x 1 2
1 1 4
1 2
780
624
520
446
390
346
312
284
260
223
208
5 8
1,500
1,200
1,000
856
750
667
600
545
500
428
400
3 4
2,100
1,680
1,400
1,200
1,050
933
840
763
700
600
560
3,420
2,736
2,280
1,954
1,710
1,520
1,368
1,244
1,140
977
912
3.19
12.80
1 1 8
C to C = Span in Inches
Max
Rod
Size
H
1 1 2
1 3 8
1 3 4
1 3 4
1 1 4
2 1 2
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
28
30
4,980
3,984
3,320
2,846
2,490
2,130
1,992
1,810
1,660
1,423
1,328
6,600
5,280
4,400
3,772
3,300
2,933
2,640
2,400
2,200
1,886
1,760
12,000
9,600
8,000
6,858
6,000
5,333
4,800
4,364
4,000
3,429
3,200
PH 105
Trapeze
Size
Weight
Per/Ft
PIPE SHIELD
Fig. 167
1 2
1
1 1 4
1 1 2
2
2 1 2
3
3 1 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
11/2
1A
4A
5A
2A
3A
2A
3A
4A
6A
3A
4A
5A
4A
5A
6A
5A
6A
7A
7A
6A
7A
7A
8A
8A
8A
9A
8A
9A
10A
9B
10B
12B
14 C
16 C
17C
19C
21C
23C
26C
10B
11B
13C
15C
17C
18C
20C
22C
24C
27C
11B
12B
14C
16C
18C
19C
21C
23C
25C
28C
1A
3 4
3/4
3/4
1 2, 5 8, 3 4
3 1 2
4
2 1 2
3 1 2
3 1 2
4
5
3 1 2
4
1A
2A
1A
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
8A
9A
11B
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
8A
9A
11B
8A
9A
10A
12B
8A
9A
10A
11B
13C
6
8
8
10
12
16
18
20
-
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
-
10
12
16
18
20
24
-
2
5A
6A
7A
8A
1 8 G a.
12
1 6 G a.
1 6 G a.
18
1 4 G a.
24
1 2 G a.
Insulation
OD
1.90
2.38
2.88
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.56
6.64
7.64
8.64
7.64
8.64
9.64
10.76
11.76
12.76
14.00
15.00
16.00
17.00
18.00
19.00
20.00
21.00
22.00
23.00
24.00
26.00
27.00
28.00
9A
10A
11B
12B
14C
INSULATION O.D.
INSULATION
THICKNESS
CL
Note: As actual foam or fiber glass insulation thicknesses vary, verify that the radius
of the selected shield is suitable for the required application. Shields are designed
for a maximum span of ten feet on four P.S.I. compressive strength
insulation. For compressive strengths greater than four P.S.I., spans may be
increased proportionately up to maximum allowable for steel pipe. Refer to
MSS-SP-69 for specific guidelines on compressive strength and maximum span.
PH 106
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.9
2.7
3.1
4.0
4.6
5.1
5.6
10.2
11.1
12.3
12.7
13.6
14.5
21.2
22.4
23.6
24.8
25.9
27.1
28.3
31.0
31.8
33.0
Stock
Size
X1A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
X1A
1A
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
8A
9A
10A
9B
10B
11B
12B
13C
14C
15C
16C
17C
18C
19C
20C
21C
22C
23C
24C
25C
26C
27C
28C
1, 1 1 4
1 1 2
2
2 1 2
3
3 1 2
4
5
6
8
2 1 2
11/2
Weight
Shield
Size
Pipe
Size
PIPE SHIELD
Fig. 168
Rib-Lok Shield
Size Range: 12" through 8" pipe or copper tube with up to 2" insulation
Material: Carbon steel
Finish: Galvanized
Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 40)
WW-H-171-E (Type 41) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 40).
Service: To be used with Fig. 65 or Fig. 260 clevis. Designed to prevent damage
to insulation by hanger. Ribs keep shield centered in hanger.
How to size: Refer to shield size selection table below.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name.
Note: Data applicable to shields for thicker insulation or larger pipe size is
available upon request.
Pipe
Size
3/4
1 2
3 4
1
1 1 4
1 1 2
2
2 1 2
3
3 1 2
4
5
6
8
2
2
11/2
6
7
4
5
10
9
10
12
10
11
13
11
12
14
Max O.D. of
Insulation
2 3 8
0.41
1/2
2 7 8
0.50
3 1 2
4
0.69
2
2 1 2
2 1 2
3
3/4
3
3 1 2
3
3 1 2
3 1 2
4
11/2
6
8
4
5
3 1 2
4
8
10
8
10
12
10
Stock
Sizes
Weight
0.61
1 8 g a. x 8
4 1 2
5
5 5 8
1.09
6 5 8
1.28
7 5 8
1.51
10
8 5 8
2.24
11
9 5 8
12
1 0 3 4
13
1 1 3 4
3.03
14
1 2 3 4
3.28
0.78
0.99
2.48
1 8 g a. x 1 2
2.76
12
3 8
1 2, 5 8
INSULATION O.D.
1 1 4
1 1 2
2
INSULATION
THICKNESS
2 1 2
3
CL
2"
3 1 2
4
5
6
8
3/4
11/2
6
7
8
9
11
7
8
9
11
8
9
10
12
9
10
11
13
10
11
12
14
PH 107
Tube
Size
PROTECTION SADDLES
Fig. 160: 1"
Fig. 161: 112"
Fig. 162: 2"
1
Fig. 164: 3"
Fig. 165: 4"
Fig. 163: 2 2"
1
Fig. 165A: 4" (Alloy) Fig. 166A: 5 2" (Alloy)
Figs. 165A and 166A have a welded-in center plate in all sizes.
All other saddles have a welded-in center plate for pipe sizes 12" and larger.
All saddles are 12" long with side edges turned up.
Finish: Plain
Service: Designed for use on insulated high temperature systems where heat losses
are to be kept to a minimum and to protect insulation against damage.
Features: Permits finished, weather tight covering at all points of pipe support.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name. Data for 42" size
available on request.
CL
CL
C
D
PH 108
PROTECTION SADDLES
Fig. 160 to Fig 166A
Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Center Line of Pipe to
Center Line of Roll
Pipe
Size
Fig.
No.
Max
Load
160
3/ 4
161
1,200
162
160
1
161
1,200
162
160
1 1 4
161
162
1,200
163
1 1 2
161
162
1,200
163
160
161
2
162
1, 2 0 0
3 1 2
2 7 8
2 11 16
3 5 16
3 5 16
3 3 8
1 13 16
2 5 16
2 1 4
2 5 16
2 7 8
2 7 8
2 7 16
3
3 1 2
3 1 2
3
4
1.4
2 1 2
2 7 8
3 1 2
1.4
2 1 2
1 15 16
2 1 2
7 16
2 9 16
2.1
3 1 2
2 9 16
3 1 16
3 1 16
3 3 16
3 5 8
3 5 8
3 11 16
3 3 4
4 3 8
4 3 8
4 3 8
2 1 8
2 5 8
2 5 8
2 11 16
2 5 8
3 1 4
3 1 4
3 5 16
3 5 16
3 7 8
3 7 8
4 1 2
4 5 8
4 1 2
2 3 8
2 15 16
3 1 16
2 7 8
3 1 2
3 1 2
3 9 16
3 9 16
4 1 4
4 1 4
4 3 16
4 1 16
4 3 4
4 13 16
4 3 4
4 9 16
5 3 8
5 3 8
5 1 4
2 11 16
3 1 4
4
3 5 16
3 5 16
3 1 4
4
3 7 8
4 1 2
4 5 8
4 1 4
5 1 8
5 1 8
4 7 8
5 5 8
5 3 4
5 1 2
2 15 16
3 1 2
3 1 2
3 9 16
2.8
1.5
3 1 2
2.1
3 1 2
3.2
3.6
1.7
3 1 2
5
6
8
4
2.3
5
6
160
1.7
2.8
3 1 2
5
3.2
8
5
4.1
164
4.5
160
1.9
2.8
3.6
163
4.1
164
4.9
160
2.3
161
3.2
1,200
3.6
4.5
164
4.9
10
160
2.3
161
3.2
163
164
165
165A
166A
7,200
3.6
4.5
4.9
6.1
11.6
15.7
4-6
2 - 3 1 2
4-6
2 - 3 1 2
4-6
2 - 3 1 2
4-6
10
8
10
2 - 3 1 2
4-6
10
10
14
12
16
4 5 16
4 5 16
4 1 4
4 1 8
4 13 16
4 13 16
4 11 16
4 11 16
5 7 16
6
5 7 16
6
6 1 16
5 5 16
3 5 16
3 15 16
3 11 16
4 9 16
4 9 16
4 5 16
5 1 8
5 1 8
4 1 2
5
4 11 16
5 5 8
5 5 8
5 11 16
5 3 8
6 5 16
6 5 16
6 3 8
3 9 16
4 1 4
4 1 4
4 3 16
4 1 16
4 7 8
4 7 8
4 3 4
4 9 16
5 3 8
5 3 8
5 15 16
5 15 16
5 1 4
6
5 5 8
6 9 16
6 9 16
6 5 8
6 1 2
7 5 8
7 5 8
7 9 16
8 1 8
9 5 8
9 1 2
9 5 16
8-10
4-6
8
10
3 5 8
4-6
6
8
4 1 2
5
5 1 16
6
8
3 15 16
8-10
163
1, 2 0 0
2 - 3 1 2
163
162
2 - 3 1 2
4.5
1, 2 0 0
2 - 3 1 2
2.8
164
162
Figs.
271, 274,
277
2.1
162
4
2 1 4
2 3 4
3 1 2
161
3
2 1 8
2 3 4
2 1 2
3.6
1,200
2 1 16
2 3 16
3.2
162
1 5 8
1.4
163
161
2 1 2
Figs.
271, 274,
277
Weight
3.6
160
Figs.
174,181
Figs.
174,181
2.8
Figs. 171,
175, 177
Figs. 171,
175, 177
2.1
Center Line of
Pipe to Outside
of Saddle
C
8-10
12-14
Maximum recommended loads are applicable only when saddle is used on a flat bearing surface and tack welded to pipe.
When saddle is used with a pipe roll, the maximum load for the assembly is the smaller of the two loads.
Saddles may require notching when used with a U-bolt.
PH 109
PROTECTION SADDLES
Fig. 160 to Fig 166A
Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Center Line of Pipe to
Center Line of Roll
Pipe
Size
Fig.
No.
Max
Load
160
161
162
5
163
1,200
6.1
11.6
7,200
15.7
3.8
161
4.4
162
5.7
163
1,800
164
166A
6.5
7.7
10.2
7,200
161
12.9
16.3
5.8
Figs.
174,181
Figs.
271, 274,
277
4-6
8
10
10
6 5 8
6 3 16
7 1 8
7 1 4
7 1 4
8 3 8
8 3 16
7 1 8
8 3 16
8-10
5 1 16
5 7 8
5 11 16
5 1 4
6
5 1 2
6 7 16
6 7 16
6 1 2
6 3 16
7 1 8
7 3 16
7 1 4
6 9 16
7 5 8
7 5 8
7 5 8
7 9 16
7 5 8
9 1 8
9 1 8
1 0 5 8
7 1 16
7 1 16
7 1 16
6 1 2
7 9 16
7 9 16
7 9 16
7 1 4
8 5 16
9
8 1 2
9
8 5 16
1 0 1 8
9 7 8
10
10
12
14
16
12
16
18
16
18
22.6
18
20
5.8
12
14
162
7.7
7,200
6 9 16
4-6
161
18.9
6 9 16
16.9
10.8
6 1 8
5 5 8
9 7 8
165A
165
6 1 16
5 3 8
10.2
165A
5 3 8
5 3 16
1 0 1 16
165
8.8
4 3 4
5 1 2
5 3 8
16
164
4 13 16
5 1 2
1 0 1 16
14
8.2
4 13 16
4 11 16
4 1 2
7.7
1,800
4 1 8
8 11 16
164
163
Figs.
271, 274,
277
16
14
7,200
Figs.
174,181
16
12
166A
Figs. 171,
175, 177
14
7.2
6.3
1,800
12
12
163
8-10
12
10
162
14
16
16
18
18
20
12-14
8-10
12-14
16-20
8-10
12-14
16-20
810
12-14
16-20
7 11 16
8 11 16
8 1 8
1 0 1 8
1 0 1 16
9
10
9 16
8 3 4
8 13 16
10 7 16
8 3 4
1 0 1 4
1 1 7 8
1 1 13 16
11 5 8
7 1 4
8 5 16
7 5 8
9 1 16
8 1 2
9
8 13 16
8 5 16
8 1 8
9 9 16
9 9 16
8 11 16
1 0 1 8
1 0 1 16
9 5 16
10
1 1 1 4
11 1 8
9 3 4
1 1 1 4
9 11 16
1 1 5 16
24.3
20
22-24
1 1 1 8
1 2 15 16
12 1 2
161
7.8
14
16
12-14
8 1 16
9 1 2
9 1 2
162
9.9
8 5 8
1 0 3 16
1 0 1 16
9 1 4
10
9 1 8
1 0 11 16
1 0 9 16
9 5 8
1 1 1 8
1 1 1 8
10 1 2
11
1 0 13 16
11
1 2 3 8
12 3 16
1 2 1 2
12 3 8
22-24
1 2 5 16
1 4 1 4
13 11 16
12-14
8 3 4
1 0 3 16
1 0 1 8
10 1 16
9 5 16
1 0 7 8
1 0 13 16
10 11 16
9 7 8
1 1 5 16
1 1 3 8
11 3 16
1 0 5 16
1 1 3 4
1 1 3 4
11 5 8
1 1 5 16
1 2 7 8
12 5 8
1 1 9 16
1 3 1 16
12 7 8
1 2 7 8
1 4 3 4
14 1 4
166A
163
5,000
10.5
164
11.4
165
14.0
165A
28.0
166A
11,140
161
163
9.9
5,000
164
166A
10.5
11.4
165
165A
35.5
7.8
162
14
4.5
165
165A
12
3.6
165A
165
10
4.9
160
2.3
3.2
164
166A
Weight
Figs. 171,
175, 177
Center Line of
Pipe to Outside
of Saddle
C
14.0
11,140
27.6
35.5
16
18
18
20
20
24
16
18
20
24
16-20
18
20
16-20
22-24
Maximum recommended loads are applicable only when saddle is used on a flat bearing surface and tack welded to pipe.
When saddle is used with a pipe roll, the maximum load for the assembly is the smaller of the two loads.
PH 110
PROTECTION SADDLES
Fig. 160 to Fig 166A
Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Center Line of Pipe to
Center Line of Roll
Pipe
Size
Fig.
No.
161
162
Max
Load
5,000
163
16
164
11.1
7,200
30.1
11 , 1 4 0
5, 0 0 0
Figs. 171,
175, 177
Figs.
174,181
9 13 16
1 1 1 4
1 1 1 4
11 1 8
1 0 3 16
1 1 3 16
1 1 3 4
11 9 16
Figs.
174,181
18
20
20
1 0 13 16
1 2 5 16
12 3 16
1 1 1 16
1 2 7 8
12 7 16
1 2 3 16
1 4 1 8
13 5 8
1 2 7 16
1 4 5 16
13 7 8
24
16-20
22-24
30
20
26-30
1 3 13 16
1 6 5 8
15 5 8
16-20
1 0 13 16
1 2 5 16
12 3 16
10.4
1 1 5 16
1 2 7 8
12 11 16
163
12.4
1 1 5 8
1 3 9 16
13 1 16
13.3
1 2 1 4
1 4 3 16
13 5 8
1 3 5 16
1 5 1 4
14 3 4
1 3 3 4
1 5 11 16
15 1 8
1 4 7 8
1 7 5 8
16 5 8
1 1 5 8
1 3 9 16
13 1 16
1 2 1 4
1 4 1 8
13 5 8
1 2 3 4
1 4 11 16
14 3 16
164
7,200
165
15.3
165A
40.3
13 , 3 7 0
163
52.1
24
30
10.4
162
11.6
7,200
12.4
22-24
26-30
24
22-24
164
13.4
1 3 5 16
14 3 4
22.8
1 4 1 8
1 5 1 4
17
165
15 7 8
165A
44.8
1 4 3 8
1 7 3 16
16 1 8
166A
13 , 3 7 0
161
162
163
1 8 15 16
17 7 8
12.3
1 3 1 2
1 6 5 16
15 1 4
14
1 6 7 8
15 3 4
1 4 5 8
1 7 1 2
1 5 1 4
1 8 1 16
16 7 16
17
1 6 7 16
1 9 1 4
18 3 16
1 6 11 16
1 9 1 2
18 7 16
18
19 3 4
1 6 15 16
18 7 8
1 7 1 2
19 3 8
1 8 1 16
19 15 16
1 8 5 8
20 1 2
1 9 11 16
21 1 2
1 9 15 16
21 3 4
2 1 1 2
23 3 8
2 0 1 4
22 1 8
2 0 15 16
22 5 8
2 1 5 16
23 3 16
2 1 7 8
23 11 16
2 2 7 8
24 11 16
25
26 1 2
14.3
20.3
23.1
13 , 3 7 0
161
163
164
166A
24.0
13 , 3 7 0
161
7,200
20.2
21.6
165
165A
55.6
18.9
164
166A
47.9
18.0
162
163
20.0
21.4
165
165A
52.1
14.0
7,200
24.1
13 , 3 7 0
30
45.4
13.3
162
26-30
1 6 1 8
13.4
7,200
164
166A
30
52.1
165
165A
36
9.1
E
Figs.
271, 274,
277
162
161
30
40.0
Center Line of
Pipe to Outside
of Saddle
C
Figs. 171,
175, 177
13.3
165A
166A
24
10.4
15.3
161
20
8.4
165
166A
18
Weight
Figs.
271, 274,
277
26-30
36-42
36-42
48.3
2 3 1 8
55.8
2 4 5 8
Maximum recommended loads are applicable only when saddle is used on a flat bearing surface and tack welded to pipe.
When saddle is used with a pipe roll, the maximum load for the assembly is the smaller of the two loads.
PH 111
PIPE ROLL
Fig. 177
Finish: Plain
Service: For support of pipe where horizontal movement due to
expansion and contraction will occur and where vertical adjustment
up to 6" may be necessary.
How to size:
(1) If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from
nominal pipe size (see below).
(2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle,
see page PH-108 for size of pipe roll.
(3) If roll is to support covered pipe, the O.D. of the covering should
not be greater than the O.D. of the pipe for which the roll was
designed.
CL
Weight
1 1 2
1 1 16
1.2
3 3 8
17 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
1.2
3 5 8
2 1 8
1 3 8
1.3
4 1 8
2 5 8
1 5 8
2 1 2
2.3
47 8
3 1 8
1 15 16
5 1 2
3 3 4
2 1 4
6 1 8
4 1 4
6 3 4
4 3 4
8 1 16
5 13 16
3 7 16
9 9 16
67 8
87 8
5 1 8
2.4
3 1 2
2.7
3.8
4.7
7.6
PH 112
1.1
3 8
1 2
5 8
3 4
1 1 4
Pipe Size
12
2 9 16
2 13 16
11.0
11
10
13.7
1 4 1 16
11
6 3 8
12
19.4
1 5 13 16
1 2 1 2
7 7 16
14
31.2
1 7 3 4
1 4 1 4
8 3 8
16
42.5
1 9 3 4
1 6 1 4
9 7 16
18
46.6
217 8
1 8 1 4
20
66.2
2 4 1 4
2 0 1 4
24
102.5
2 8 5 8
2 4 1 4
30
186.8
3 5 1 2
3 0 1 4
7 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
15 16
18
10 1 2
11 5 8
24
14
17 7 16
PIPE ROLL
Fig. 171: Pipe Roll
CL
B
G
Pipe roll is designed for two point surface contact with pipe or saddle.
Ordering:
Specify pipe roll size.
Order should include figure number, name and finish in all cases. Hanger rods
Features:
Provides for vertical adjustment; nut at bottom of hanger rod fits into the socket
Max
Load
Weight
D
1
DI/CI
Roll Sizing
E
0.45
4 1 8
1 1 2
1 1 4
2 1 2
0.48
4 1 2
3 3 8
1 7 8
1 1 16
1 1 2
2 3 4
0.51
4 3 4
3 5 8
2 1 8
1 1 8
0.57
5 1 4
4 1 8
2 5 8
1 3 16
1.00
6 1 4
4 7 8
3 1 8
1 3 8
1.10
6 7 8
5 1 2
3 3 4
1 7 16
1.40
7 1 2
6 1 8
4 1 4
1 5 8
1.70
8 1 4
6 3 4
4 3 4
1 3 4
2.60
9 11 16
8 1 16
5 13 16
1 1 8
5 8
1,070
4.50
1 1 7 16
9 9 16
6 7 8
2 5 16
1 1 4
3 4
1,350
7.20
1 4 1 16
1 1 15 16
8 7 8
2 13 16
1 1 2
1,730
9.50
1 6 3 16
1 4 1 16
11
3 3 8
1 3 4
2,400
15.90
1 7 15 16 1 5 13 16
3 1 4
2 1 2
3 3 4
4 1 2
3 1 2
5 1 2
8 1 4
10 1 2
10
12 3 4
12
14 3 4
14
16 1 4
16
18
18
20 1 4
20
22 1 2
24
26 1 2
30
32 1 2
3 8
600
660
1 2
5 8
3 4
7 8
700
750
3,130
1
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 1 16
3 4
3 8
1 1 4
1 3 8
9 16
1 5 8
1 15 16
7 8
1 2
2 1 4
2 9 16
2 13 16
7 8
11 16
3 4
3 7 16
7 8
5 1 8
6 3 8
1 1 8
1 2 1 2
3 7 8
7 7 16
1 1 4
24.30
2 0 1 8
1 7 3 4
1 4 1 4
4 5 8
2 1 2
1 1 8
8 3 8
1 3 8
1 9 3 4
1 6 1 4
2 5 8
5 7 16
2 3 4
3,970
31.90
2 2 1 8
4,200
35.50
2 4 1 2
2 1 7 8
1 8 1 4
4,550
47.00
2 7 1 4
2 4 1 4
2 0 1 4
1 1 5 8
1 5 8
76.30
3 2 1 8
2 8 5 8
2 4 1 4
7 3 16
3 5 8
1 1 2
14
1 3 4
39
3 5 1 2
3 0 1 4
8 15 16
4 1 2
1 3 4
1 7 7 16
2 7 16
6,160
7,290
129.90
9 7 16
1 1 4
1 0 1 2
DI/CI
Pipe
Size
Fig. 171
Roller
Size
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
4
5
6
8
10
14
16
18
20
24
30
No Recom.
1 1 2
PH 113
Pipe Roll
Pipe
Size
Rod
Size
A
PIPE ROLL
Fig. 178
Ordering: Specify figure number, name and rod size. If used with
Fig. 171 single pipe roll, pipe roll must be ordered separately.
The retainers are cased to the dimensions as shown, but center hole
can be drilled or reamed larger to satisfy the hanger rod required.
CL
Max
Spring
Deflection *
1
2
3
1 1 4
Load at
Max
Deflection
Deflection Rate
of Hanger
(lbs / inch)
Weight
Core
Hole Dia.
For
Rod
Size
535
4 28
4.5
2 21 32
6 7 16
7 16
3 8
6 1 16
9 16
1 2
9 1 16
15 16
7 8
1,500
1 , 20 0
14.0
4 1 8
3,000
2,400
22.0
4 1 8
* At maximum recommended deflection, spring can be compressed an additional 1 4 " before becoming solid.
Maximum capacity of double spring hanger.
** Can be drilled to max. rod size.
PH 114
Max
Rod Size **
A
3 4
1 1 2
PIPE ROLL
Fig. 181
How to size: If the roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from
nominal pipe size (see below). If used with pipe covering protection saddle,
see page PH-108 for size of pipe roll to be used.
Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. Be certain
to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles are required.
E
CL
Max O.D.
of Covering
Max
Load
Weight
2 1 2
225
1.7
3 5 8
3 1 2
4 1 8
390
4 11 16
475
5 3 4
685
6.3
6 7 8
310
780
10
11
12
13
14
14 1 4
16
16 1 4
18
18 1 4
20
20 1 4
1,600
24
24 1 4
1,800
965
Rod
Take Out - E
5 3 4
3 1 4
1 15 16
2 7 8
1 11 16
6 3 8
3 7 8
2 1 4
3 1 8
1 5 8
2.5
4 3 8
2 9 16
3 1 2
1 11 16
3.2
7 9 16
4 15 16
2 13 16
3 5 8
1 5 8
9 1 8
3 7 16
4 1 2
1 15 16
1 0 5 16
7 1 8
1 7 8
1 2 11 16
9 1 4
5 1 8
6 1 8
1 5 1 16
1 1 1 4
6 3 8
7 1 4
2 1 16
2 1 4
2.2
9.3
14.5
18.8
1,400
1 2
5 8
3 4
7 8
1 7 7 16
1 3 1 4
7 7 16
8 3 8
39.1
1 8 7 8
1 4 1 2
8 3 8
8 3 4
49.1
2 0 13 16
1 6 1 2
9 3 8
9 11 16
1 15 16
27.7
1,200
Rod
Size
A
DI/CI
Roll Sizing
2 3 3 4
1 8 1 2
1 0 7 16
1 1 7 16
2 13 16
75.9
1 1 4
26
2 0 1 2
1 1 5 8
1 2 1 4
2 1 2
119.3
1 1 2
3 2 5 16
2 4 5 8
1 3 15 16
1 5 3 4
4 3 8
57.8
DI/CI
Pipe
Size
Fig. 181
Roller
Size
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
4
5
6
8
10
14
16
18
20
24
PH 115
Pipe Roll
PIPE ROLL
Fig. 175
Roller Chair
CL
Ordering: Specify size of roll, figure number, name and finish. Be certain to
order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles are required.
Max Load
600
660
1.4
4 7 8
700
1.6
5 3 8
2.6
6 1 8
2.9
6 5 8
2 5 16
3.7
7 7 8
2 1 2
3 1 8
2 3 4
750
1 1 4
1 5 8
1 3 4
1,070
5.9
1,350
9.0
1 1 5 8
3 3 8
10
1,730
13.8
1 4 1 8
5 1 4
3 5 8
12
2,400
18.9
1 6 1 8
5 1 2
4 1 8
28.07
1 8 3 4
6 1 2
4 11 16
8 1 4
5 3 8
3,130
16
3,970
34.93
21
18
4,200
44.35
2 3 1 8
9 1 4
20
4,550
56.34
2 4 5 8
1 0 1 4
6 1 2
24
6,160
87.52
2 9 3 8
1 2 1 4
7 7 8
151.25
3 4 13 16
1 5 3 8
8 3 4
30
PH 116
7,290
H
1 5 8
3 8 x
1 1 2
2 1 16
9 1 4
14
1 1 2
1.1
3 1 2
4
Weight
1 15 16
2 1 4
2 9 16
2 13 16
1 2
1 1 2
3 7 16
5 8
x 1 1 2
5 1 8
5 8
x 2
3 4
x 2
6 3 8
7 7 16
8 3 8
9 3 8
3 4
x 2 1 2
10 7 16
11 5 8
7 8
x 3 1 2
14
17 7 16
PIPE ROLL
Fig. 277: With Cast Iron Base Plate
Fig. 277S: With Steel Base Plate
How to size:
(1) If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from
nominal pipe size (see below).
(2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle,
see page PH-108 for size of pipe roll.
CL
TRAVERSE
H
Note: Fabricated carbon steel base plates for extended travel are
4 1 16
2 5 8
4 5 16
2 3 4
4 15 16
3 3 8
950
5.6
4.5
5 1 2
7 9 16
5 1 4
8 11 16
6 3 8
1 0 1 4
7 1 2
1 0 7 8
8 1 8
12
14
2,100
15.3
10.9
3,075
27.9
19.4
4,980
43.7
31
16
18
20
24
6,100
51.5
37
1 2 3 8
9 3 8
1 3 1 2
1 0 3 8
1 4 1 2
1 1 3 8
1 6 5 8
1 3 3 8
4 3 4
2 5 8
1 7 8
1 3 4
1 2
5 3 4
3 5 8
2 1 16
2 5 8
1 2
1 1 2
8 1 4
5 5 8
3 1 4
11 16
2 1 2
1 0 3 4
7 5 8
5 5 8
3 4
12
8 1 2
4 1 2
6 3 8
7 8
1 3 1 4
9 1 2
4 7 16
7 5 8
5 3 4
DI/CI
Roll Sizing
DI/CI
Pipe
Size
Fig. 277
Roller
Size
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
4
5
6
8
10
14
16
18
20
24
PH 117
Pipe Roll
3 1 2
3.3
2 3 8
4.0
K
D
2 1 8
390
1 3 4
3 1 2
10
3 1 4
3 13 16
Fig. 277, Fig. 277S: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Weight
Max
A
B
D
E
G
H
Load Fig. 277 Fig. 277S
2
2 1 2
Pipe Size
PIPE ROLL
Fig. 271: Complete
Installation:
to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddle are required.
2
2 1 2
3
390
6.4
3 1 2
4
5
950
8.9
6
8
10
12
14
2,100
15.3
3,075
28.1
4,980
39.7
30
36
42
3 1 2
1 3 8
3 7 8
2 1 8
4 1 8
2 3 8
4 3 8
2 5 8
4 13 16
2 3 4
5 7 16
3 3 8
6 1 16
8 11 16
5 1 4
9 13 16
6 3 8
1 1 3 8
7 1 2
1 0 15 1
12
8 1 8
6,100
7,500
12,000
PH 118
8 5 8
9 3 8
D'
8 3 8 5 3 8
2 3 4
1 7 8
6 3 8
9 16 11 16
3 7 16
1 2
3 3 4 2 1 16
7 7 8
5 3 8
4 11 16 4 1 4
1 5 5 8
1 1 3 8
49.6
1 7 3 4
1 3 3 8 1 3 1 2
99.3
2 1 7 8
1 6 3 4
2 5 3 4
20
2 8 7 8
2 0 1 8
20
9 7 8 5 5 8
6 5 8
3 1 4
7 7 8
5 3 4
17
J'
1 0 3 8 1 2 3 8
152.0
1 4 5 8
20
24
1 3 5 8
16
18
3 4
7 8
5 8
7 3 4
3 4
9 7 8
9 1 16
1 1 1 4
1 0 1 4
8 5 8
12
7 8
1 1 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
10
1 0 3 4
4 1 2 6 3 4
12 1 2
15
4 7 16 7 1 2
5 1 2
6 3 8
10
12
13 16
6 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 1 3 8
1 1 16
1 5 3 4
1 4 1 4
1 1 2 1 3 4 1 5 16
1 8 3 4
17
Pipe Max
Weight
Size Load
Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. Be certain
D'
D J'
CL
1"
How to size:
If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal
(1) Two cored holes for anchorage bolts are provided on all sizes
for fastening stands to welded steel brackets, structural supports,
piers, floors, etc.
(2) In addition, cored holes N at the four corners of the stand are
provided for anchorage purposes.
(3) The two cored holes on sizes 2 to 6" are on outside of stand
(see dotted lines and dimension J').
(4) On all other sides, the holes are inside of uprights
(see dimension J).
DI/CI
Roll Sizing
DI/CI
Pipe
Size
Fig. 271
Roller
Size
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
4
5
6
8
10
14
16
18
20
24
30
N/A
PIPE ROLL
Fig. 274: With Base Plate; Fig. 275: W/O Base Plate
Fig. 274P: With Steel Base Plate
Installation: Base plate is provided with two holes for anchorage to floor, pier,
structural support and similar constructions, as well as to welded steel brackets Fig.
195 page PH-66 and Fig. 199, page PH-67. Adjustable pipe roll stand
without base plate, Fig. 275, can be used for supporting tunnel piping, etc.,
by resting ends of adjusting screws on structural steel angles, channels, etc.
Adjustment: Vertical adjustment is obtained by use of the four adjusting screws
CL
950
1 9 .3
10.3
19.3
6
8
10
12
14
2,100
3 2.1
18.1
32.1
3,075
5 1.2
32.1
51.2
4,980
7 1 .3
45.3
71.3
16
18
20
24
6,100
8 7 .0
30
7,500
12,000
36
42
55.0
87.0
37 8
71 2
75 8
81 8
10 3 8
11 5 8
11 1 2
13
12 3 4
14 1 4
13 5 8
14 7 8
15 1 4
16 5 8
16 3 8
17 3 4
17 3 8
18 3 4
19 5 8
24
26 3 4
28 3 8
31 3 4
31 1 2
34 7 8
51 8
63 4
73 8
85 8
11 1 8
17 8
15 3 4
11
19
11 8
5 8
81 8
13 16
3 4
10 5 8
3 4
7 8
13
11 8
91 2
10 1 2
12 1 4
21
3 4
11 8
13 4
8
67 8
1
53 4
DI/CI
Roll Sizing
7 8
61 4
7
11 4
7 8
1 3 16
14 5 8
13 8
31 4
15 8
11 4
13 8
11 4
19 1 4
15 3 4
41 2
11 2
21 4
11 2
23
DI/CI
Pipe
Size
Fig. 274
Roller
Size
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
4
5
6
8
10
14
16
18
20
24
30
N/A
PH 119
Pipe Roll
61 2
7
51 2
31 2
4
53 4
6
15.3
7.8
1 5 .2
390
55 8
6
53 8
53 8
51 8
2 1 2
B H'
dimensions of stand, see Fig. 271, page PH-118. Be certain to order oversized rolls
when insulation and protection saddles are required.
Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. For further
Pipe Max
Size Load
(1) If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe
size (see below).
(2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle,
see page PH-108 for size of pipe roll.
OPENING
ONLY ON
4" THRU 30"
PIPE SIZES
How to size:
PIPE GUIDE
Fig. 255
Size Range: 1" through 24" pipe and insulation thickness of 1" through 4"
(Also available in copper tube sizes, see page PH-20)
Note: Spider attachments to pipe must be properly located during installation to insure
that a minimum of one-half the spider width remains within the
length of the outer housing for all conditions of operation. See
W
table on opposite page for maximum recommended travels.
If larger travels are required, special guides can be furnished
to special order.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
CL
PIPE
D
T
4 HOLES
J INSULATION THICKNESS
F
G
H DIA
L (in)
Maximum
Movement
1" to 6"
8" to 16"
18" to 24"
4
6
8
4
6
8
CL
PIPE
J INSULATION THICKNESS
PH 120
4 HOLES
F
G
H DIA
PIPE GUIDE
Fig. 255
112
212
1
1 1 4
1 1 2
8 13 16
6 3 4
8 7 8
4 5 16
6 3 4
1 0 13 16
8 3 4
9 7 8
5 5 16
7 3 8
1 3 5 16
1 1 1 4
1 2 7 16
6 5 8
7 7 8
1 5 7 8
1 3 3 8
1 4 13 16
18
1 5 1 2
1 7 1 16
9 1 8
2 2 1 4
1 9 3 4
2 1 1 16
11
1 4 1 8
28
25
2 6 1 4
1 3 9 16
1 5 7 8
3 2 3 8
2 9 1 4
3 0 3 4
1 5 7 8
1 6 3 8
3 7 5 8
3 4 1 2
3 6 1 8
1 8 5 8
1 7 1 8
2
2 1 2
3
3 1 2
4
C
C
10
D
E
12
16
18
20
24
2 1 2
5 8
1 4
3 4
5 16
3 8
15 16
9 3 4
14
Dimensions (in)
Guide
Size
No.
5 1 2
Pipe Size*
(in)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
38
27
22
20
18
17
15
14
13
12
52
37
32
27
25
23
22
19
17
16
66
47
40
35
31
28
27
25
23
20
85
62
51
45
40
36
35
32
29
27
10
103
75
62
54
50
45
42
40
35
32
12
118
85
70
60
55
50
46
43
40
35
14
120
87
72
62
57
52
48
45
41
37
16
130
95
78
68
61
57
52
49
45
41
18
145
105
87
75
68
62
58
55
50
45
20
155
110
92
90
73
68
62
58
53
49
24
180
128
105
90
83
75
70
65
60
54
PH 121
Pipe
Size
PIPE GUIDE
Fig. 256
Size Range: 1" through 24" pipe and insulation thickness of 1" through 4"
Material: Carbon steel
Finish: Plain or Galvanized
Service: For maintaining alignment of piping through its axial expansion and
contraction cycles. Normally, two or more pipe alignment guides are used on a
single piping run to avoid a pivoting effect within the piping system. It is
recommended that the first guide be located a maximum of four pipe diameters
from an expansion joint. The second guide should be placed a maximum of 18
pipe diameters from the expansion joint. Additional guides should be employed
in accordance with the guide spacing data on next page. Supports are usually
required between the intermediate guides to comply with standard support
practice.
Ordering: Specify size number, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number,
Pipe Size
(in)
L
(in)
Maximum
Movement
1 to 6
8 to 16
18 to 24
6
8
10
6
8
10
Caution: Guides are designed to carry 20% of the dead weight load.
CL
PIPE
F
G
H DIA
4 HOLES
J INSULATION THICKNESS
PH 122
PIPE GUIDE
Fig. 256
Locate bare nominal pipe size in appropriate insulation thickness column and
read guide size from size no. column to the left.
Pipe
Size
112
212
1 1 4
1 1 2
Guide
Size
No.
Dimensions (in)
W
8 13 16
6 3 4
7 7 8
4 5 16
6 3 4
1 0 13 16
8 3 4
9 7 8
5 5 16
7 3 8
1 3 3 4
1 1 1 4
1 2 7 16
6 5 8
7 7 8
1 5 7 8
1 3 3 8 1 4 13 16 7 1 5 1 6
2 1 2
3 1 2
18
1 5 1 2
1 7 1 16
9 1 8
2 2 1 4
1 9 3 4
2 1 1 16
11
1 4 1 8
1 3 9 16
1 5 7 8
28
25
3 2 3 8
2 9 1 4
3 0 3 4
1 5 7 8
1 6 3 8
3 7 5 8
3 4 1 2
3 6 1 8
1 8 5 8
1 7 1 8
12
14
16
18
20
24
2 1 2
5 1 2
9 3 4
2 6 1 4
10
5 8
1 4
3 4
5 16
3 8
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
38
27
22
20
18
17
15
14
13
12
52
37
32
27
25
23
22
19
17
16
66
47
40
35
31
28
27
25
23
20
85
62
51
45
40
36
35
32
29
27
10
103
75
62
54
50
45
42
40
35
32
12
118
85
70
60
55
50
46
43
40
35
14
120
87
72
62
57
52
48
45
41
37
16
130
95
78
68
61
57
52
49
45
41
18
145
105
87
75
68
62
58
55
50
45
20
155
110
92
90
73
68
62
58
53
49
24
180
128
105
90
83
75
70
65
60
54
PH 123
Pipe Size*
(in)
PIPE SLIDES
PTFE Pipe Slide Assemblies
Overview
Application
Anvil PTFE pipe slide assemblies are designed to support the pipe
and provide for lateral and axial movement due to thermal expansion
and contraction of the piping system.
Assemblies are fabricated using PTFE slide bearings to provide a low
coefficient of friction, minimizing frictional stress on the pipe and
support structure.
Features
Pre-engineered to save calculation and installation time.
PTFE slide bearing pads are composed of 100% virgin
Polytetrafluoroethylene polymer.
Self-lubricating, maintenance-free.
Provides resistance to galvanic corrosion between pipe and
support structure.
The maximum load on the pipe slides is based on using a PTFE width of
2" for the slide plate and a 70 F temperature. For a different
temperature at the bearing surfaces, multiply the maximum load rating
by the following factor
Selection
(1) Determine the support location based on allowable span
and loading conditions.
(2) Calculate the load for each slide assembly location.
(3) Determine the lateral and axial movement of the pipe and
the direction of movement, cold to hot.
(4) Select pipe slide or tee figure number and attachment
configuration, welded or bolted.
(5) Select the method of slide plate attachment to support
structure, welded or bolted.
(6) Designate whether guided or non-guided slide plate is
required.
(7) Maximum recommended loads shown for pipe slides and
structural tees are for vertical loading. Transitional loads
for pipe structural tees are to be determined by customer.
PH 124
Temperature F
Factor
70
100
200
300
400
1.00
0.85
0.55
0.40
0.25
Installation
(1) Determine offset of pipe slide-slide plate interface to allow
maximum pipe movement in direction of greatest thermal
displacement.
(2) Attach PTFE slide to pipe by welding or clamping with
standard Fig. 212 pipe clamp or Fig. 432 special pipe clamp.
(3) Attach slide plates to supporting structure by bolting or
welding.
(4) Verify setting to insure full bearing between the PTFE slide
and slide base surfaces under all pipe movement conditions.
PIPE SLIDES
Fig. 257: Structural Tee Slide Assembly
Fig. 257A: Structural Tee
Fig. 436: Fabricated Tee Slide Assembly
Fig. 436A: Fabricated Tee
Structural Tees
Fig 257
Fig 436
PTFE Slide
option desired.
Figure
Number
Fig. 436
The Fig. 257 & 436 (slide T section only) formerly referred
to as Fig. 280 & 435
The Fig. 257 & 436 (slide base plate) formerly referred to as Fig. 438
(slide base plate)
Down
Tee
Fig. 257
1
2
3
4
5
6
Tee
1
2
3
4
5
6
Side *
8,000
2,000
2,000
8,000
2,000
2,000
Up
800
800
H**
BL
31516
12
4 3 4
4 3 4
1112
12
2
800
800
41116
41516
41116
41516
1112
Weight
H**
7.00
11.93
16.10
16.95
12.47
18.81
19.66
7.00
15.42
19.59
20.44
15.97
22.30
23.15
4 3 8
5
Bolted Slide
Hole
Bolt
BL
Weight
Locations Size
2 1 2 x 6 1 2
1 2
4 3 8
5
1112
3 x 9 1 2
41116
41516
2 1 2 x 6 1 2
1 2
41116
41516
1112
3 x 9 1 2
15.25
16.10
16.95
18.36
19.21
20.06
18.74
19.59
20.44
21.85
22.70
23.55
* Side load is only applicable if appropriate endplates are added to slide or T Section
** With the Fig. 432 clamp, add the material thickness. The Tees are now being notched for the material thickness when welding on the Fig. 212 See page PH-129
PH 125
Available Options:
Increased travels.
Increased Tee heights.
End plates.
Clamps, Fig. 212 or Fig. 432.
Base plate with mounting holes
Ordering: Specify figure number, type, name, finish and any other
PIPE SLIDES
Fig. 257 and 436 PTFE Pipe Slide Assemblies
Notes:
Types 1, 2, and 3 provide for longitudinal movement only.
Types 4, 5, and 6 provide for both longitudinal and transverse
movement of piping.
Structural Tee
Type 1
Type 2
Fabricated Tee
Fig 257
Fig 436
116
116
3 8
PIPE FIELD
WELDED TO TEE
PTFE
SLIDE
PLATES
PIPE FIELD
WELDED TO TEE
Type 4
Type 3
Fig 257, Type 3
1"
1"
PIPE FIELD
WELDED TO TEE
116
116
HOLD- DOWN
LUGS
PIPE FIELD
WELDED TO TEE
38
Type 6
Type 5
Fig 257, Type 5
HOLD
DOWN
LUGS
1"
1"
38
1"
1"
PIPE FIELD
WELDED TO TEE
PIPE FIELD
WELDED TO TEE
38
Fig. 257
w/End Plates
Fig. 257
w/Fig 212 Clamps
Fig. 436
w/End Plates
Fig. 436
w/Fig 212 Clamps
Fig. 257
w/Fig 432 Clamp
Fig. 257
w/Fig 212 Clamps & End Plates
HOLD-DOWN LUGS
FURNISHED ON
TYPE 3 & 5 ONLY
PH 126
BL
12"
Fig. 436
w/Fig 432 Clamp
Fig. 436
w/Fig 212 Clamps & End Plates
PIPE SLIDES
Fig. 439
resulting from expansion and contraction takes place and where a low
coefficient of friction is desired.
PTFE Slides
H*
BL
Type
Type
Type
Type
8
8
2&3
10
12
12
10
14
1&4 2&5
5
51 4
3
5 5 16
12
14
10
14
12
12
161 2
14
14
181 2
16
16
18
20
24
Max Load
Down
10
16 1 2
51 8
53 8
5 7 16
18 1 2
1&4 2&5
73 4
8 1 16
83 4
9 1 16
95 8
97 8
9 15 16
10 3 4
11
11 1 1 6
10 7 8
11 1 8
11 3 16
12 1 8
12 3 8
12 7 1 6
12 5 8
12 7 8
12 1 5 1 6
13 3 4
14
14 1 1 6
21
51 4
51 2
5 9 16
15 5 8
15 7 8
15 1 5 1 6
65 8
6 11 16
19 5 8
19 7 8
20 1 1 6
6 13 16
63 4
23
23 1 4
23 7 1 6
30
16
21
18
23
61 4
36
18
23
20
25
6 7 16
1 & 4 2, 3, & 5
12,000
6
2
16,000
24,000
Weight
Side
Up
Type Type
2, 3, 5
3
3,000
4,000
6,000
1,200
1,600
2,400
Type
1
19.3
27.8
29.8
19.7
29.5
24.7
34.5
36.4
25.1
36.1
28.1
39.1
41.6
28.6
41.0
32.6
45.0
47.5
33.0
46.6
41.0
54.6
59.2
41.4
68.8
51.4
78.8
84.0
51.8
81.4
55.8
85.4
90.6
56.3
87.7
PH 127
Pipe
Size
PIPE SLIDES
Fig. 439 PTFE Pipe Slide Assemblies
Notes:
Types 1, 2, and 3 provide for longitudinal movement only.
Types 4 and 5 provide for both longitudinal and transverse
movement of piping.
Type 1
Type 2
CL
CL
PIPE
FIELD
H WELDED
TO BEAM
116
B
H
B
116
PTFE SLIDE
PLATES
PIPE
FIELD WELDED
TO BEAM
3 8
Type 3
Type 4
CL
CL
Note:
Base Plate
is larger
than Type 1
1"
1"
PIPE
FIELD
WELDED
B TO BEAM
116
116
PIPE
FIELD WELDED
TO BEAM
HOLD-DOWN
LUGS
38
Type 5
PIPE
FIELD WELDED
TO BEAM
38
1"
B
1"
Note:
Base Plate
is larger
than Type 1
HOLD-DOWN LUGS
FURISHED ON
TYPE 3 ONLY
Fig.439
w/Fig 212 Clamps
PH 128
Fig. 439
w/Fig 432 Clamp
BL
12"
Special Clamp
Fig. 257
w/Fig 432 Clamp
L
Q
Fig. 439
w/Fig 432 Clamp
Fig. 436
w/Fig 432 Clamp
Weight
2 1 2
3
5 1 2
6
4 1 2
5
6 1 2
7
8
5 1 2
6
7
3 1 2
4
5
6
9 5 8
8 1 2
1 1 5 8
1 0 1 2
1 3 3 4
1 2 5 8
12
1 5 3 4
1 4 5 8
14
1 7 7 8
1 6 1 2
16
1 9 7 8
1 8 1 2
2 1 7 8
2 0 1 2
20
2 3 7 8
2 2 1 2
24
2 8 1 8
2 6 7 8
10
18
12
3
1 4
4 1 2
1 8
4
4
5
12
3 8
3 16
15
18
21
1 2
41
46
8
5 8
1 4
52
57
67
PH 129
Pipe Size
CL
Fig. 436
w/Fig 212 Clamps
Fig. 257
w/Fig 212 Clamps
Fig.439
w/Fig 212 Clamps
2 1 8
1 2
2 3 4
2 1 8
2 3 4
2 1 2
2 5 8
3 1 8
2 5 8
3 1 4
2 7 8
3 7 16
2 7 8
3 9 16
3 1 2
3 3 16
3 13 16
3 3 16
3 13 16
3.0
3 1 2
4 3 16
3 1 2
4 3 8
4.6
4 3 16
4 15 16
4 3 16
4 15 16
4 7 8
53 4
4 7 8
57 8
67 8
10
7 7 16
8 9 16
7 7 16
8 9 16
12
8 7 16
9 9 16
8 7 16
9 9 16
14
9 1 4
10 5 8
9 1 4
1 0 5 8
16
1 0 1 4
1 1 5 8
1 0 1 4
1 1 5 8
18
1 1 5 8
1 1 4
13
1 1 5 8
13
63.2
20
1 2 3 4
1 3 8
1 4 1 8
1 2 3 4
1 4 1 8
1 1 8
71.6
24
1 5 1 4
1 5 8
167 8
1 5 1 4
167 8
1 1 4
106.2
30
19
21 1 8
19
2 1 1 8
1 3 4
227.8
5 8
3 4
7 8
1 1 8
PH 130
Weight
2.2
1 2
5 8
3 4
2.4
2.8
5.2
10.8
13.0
27.2
7 8
30.4
41.0
44.6
SPRING HANGERS
Fig. 247
Finish: Painted
Service: Recommended for light loads where vertical movement does not
exceed 11 4 ".
D
Rod not furnished,
rod right hand thread
C
E
B
12"
114" MAX.
Max
Deflection*
1
2
3
4
114
Max
Load
Spring
Rate of
Hanger
Weight
47.5
38
1.4
85.0
68
1.6
150.0
120
3.1
267.0
214
4.5
14"
Rod Size
A
38
12
Shipping
Length
B
Casing
Length
C
458
418
51932
5332
51116
5316
714
634
Casing
Diam
D
134
Rod
Take Out
E
414
514
212
61316
PH 131
SPRING HANGERS
Fig. 82, Fig. B-268, Fig. 98, Triple Spring, and Quadruple Spring
Fig. C-82, Fig. C-268, Fig. C-98, Triple-CR, and Quadruple-CR Spring (Corrosion Resistant)
Design features:
Precompression.
Fig. 98
Fig. B-268
Fig. 82
Spring and casing are fabricated of steel and are rugged and
compact.
CA
UT
IO
PH 132
Size Range: The Anvil Variable Spring Hanger in five series and seven
types is offered in twenty-three sizes (Fig. B-268 only is offered in twentyfive sizes). The hanger can be furnished to take loads 10 lbs. to 50,000 lbs.
Ordering:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
Size
Type
Figure number
Product name
Desired supporting force in operating position
Calculated amount and direction of pipe movement from
installed to operating position.
Customers identification number (if any)
When ordering Type F spring specify if roller or guided, load
column is to be furnished.
When ordering Type G, specify total load and load per spring
plus center to center rod dimensions.
If required, specify with travel stop
When ordering corrosion resistant, specify C-268, C-82,
C-98, Triple-CR, or Quadruple-CR completely galvanized
except coated spring coil.
Hole
LIFTING
LUGS
Fig. 82, Fig. B-268, Fig. 98, Triple Spring, and Quadruple Spring
(cont.)
Fig. C-82, Fig. C-268, Fig. C-98, Triple-CR, and Quadruple-CR Spring (Corrosion Resistant)
How to Determine Type: The type of variable spring hanger to
be used depends upon the physical characteristics required by the
suspension problem (e.g., amount of head room, whether pipe is to
be supported above or below the spring, etc.).
Type A
Type B
Type C
Type D
Type E
Type G
Type F
PH 133
Spring Hangers
SPRING HANGERS
SPRING HANGERS
Spring Hanger Size and Series Selection
How to use hanger selection table:
In order to choose a proper size hanger, it is necessary to know the
actual load which the spring is to support and the amount and
direction of the pipe line movement from the cold to the hot position.
Find the actual load of the pipe in the load table. As it is desirable to
support the actual weight of the pipe when the line is hot, the actual
load is the hot load. To determine the cold load, read the spring scale,
up or down, for the amount of expected movement.
The chart must be read opposite from the direction of the pipes
movement. The load arrived at is the cold load.
If the cold load falls outside of the working load range of the hanger
selected, relocate the actual or hot load in the adjacent column and
find the cold load. When the hot and cold loads are both within the
working range of a hanger, the size number of that hanger will be
found at the top of the column.
Load Table (lbs) for Selection of Hanger Size (sizes 10 through 22 on next page)
Working Range (in)
Shaded Rows Show Overtravel
Hanger size
B-268 Only
Figure No.
Quad.
10
Triple
112
112
412
712
112
98
B-268
1 2
1 2
11 2
212
12
82
14
1 4
12
3 4
114
1 4
Fig. 82, Fig. B-268, Fig. 98, Triple & Quadruple Spring
000
00
19
43
63
81
105
141
189
252
336
450
600
20
44
66
84
109
147
197
263
350
469
625
22
46
68
88
114
153
206
273
364
488
650
24
48
71
91
118
159
213
284
378
506
675
10
26
50
74
95
123
165
221
294
392
525
700
11
28
52
76
98
127
170
228
305
406
544
725
12
30
54
79
101
131
176
236
315
420
563
750
12
31
56
81
105
136
182
244
326
434
581
775
14
34
58
84
108
140
188
252
336
448
600
800
14
35
59
87
111
144
194
260
347
462
619
825
15
38
61
89
115
149
200
268
357
476
638
850
16
40
63
92
118
153
206
276
368
490
656
875
17
41
65
95
122
158
212
284
378
504
675
900
18
43
67
97
125
162
217
291
389
518
694
925
19
45
69
100
128
166
223
299
399
532
713
950
20
47
71
102
132
171
229
307
410
546
731
975
21
49
73
105
135
175
235
315
420
560
750
1,000
21
50
74
108
138
179
241
323
431
574
769
1,025
22
53
76
110
142
184
247
331
441
588
788
1,050
23
55
78
113
145
188
253
339
452
602
806
1,075
24
56
80
116
149
193
258
347
462
616
825
1,100
25
58
82
118
152
197
264
354
473
630
844
1,125
26
60
84
121
155
201
270
362
483
644
863
1,150
27
62
86
123
159
206
276
370
494
658
881
1,175
28
64
88
126
162
210
282
378
504
672
900
1,200
28
66
89
129
165
214
288
386
515
686
919
1,225
29
68
91
131
169
219
294
394
525
700
938
1,250
30
70
93
134
172
223
300
402
536
714
956
1,275
31
72
95
137
176
228
306
410
546
728
975
1,300
30
42
54
70
94
126
168
224
300
400
B-268
15
15
21
27
35
47
63
84
112
150
200
98
10
13
17
23
31
42
56
75
100
Triple
12
16
21
28
37
50
67
Quadruple
12
16
21
28
38
50
Note: General rule for series selection use Fig. 82 for up to 12" of movement up to 1" use Fig. B-268, up to 2" use Fig. 98, up to 3" use a Triple, up to 4"
use a Quadruple. Double check to assure desired variability is achieved.
PH 134
SPRING HANGERS
Load Table (lbs) for Selection of Hanger Size (Cont. from previous page)
Hanger size
Fig. 82, Fig. B-268, Fig. 98, Triple & Quadruple Spring
19
Figure No.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
780
1,020
1,350
1,800
2,400
3,240
4,500
6,000
7,990
20
21
22
813
1,063
1,406
1,875
2,500
3,375
4,688
6,250
8,322
845
1,105
1,463
1,950
2,600
3,510
4,875
6,500
8,655
878
1,148
1,519
2,025
2,700
3,645
5,063
6,750
8,987
910
1,190
1,575
2,100
2,800
3,780
5,250
7,000
9,320
943
1,233
1,631
2,175
2,900
3,915
5,438
7,250
9,652
975
1,275
1,688
2,250
3,000
4,050
5,625
7,500
9,985
1,008
1,318
1,744
2,325
3,100
4,185
5,813
7,750
1,040
1,360
1,800
2,400
3,200
4,320
6,000
8,000
1,073
1,403
1,856
2,475
3,300
4,455
6,188
8,250
1,105
1,445
1,913
2,550
3,400
4,590
6,375
8,500
1,138
1,488
1,969
2,625
3,500
4,725
6,563
8,750
1,170
1,530
2,025
2,700
3,600
4,860
6,750
9,000
1,203
1,573
2,081
2,775
3,700
4,995
6,938
9,250
1,235
1,615
2,138
2,850
3,800
5,130
7,125
9,500
1,268
1,658
2,194
2,925
3,900
5,265
7,313
9,750
1,300
1,700
2,250
3,000
4,000
5,400
7,500
1,333
1,743
2,306
3,075
4,100
5,535
7,688
1,365
1,785
2,363
3,150
4,200
5,670
7,875
1,398
1,828
2,419
3,225
4,300
5,805
8,063
1,430
1,870
2,475
3,300
4,400
5,940
8,250
1,463
1,913
2,531
3,375
4,500
6,075
8,438
1,495
1,955
2,588
3,450
4,600
6,210
8,625
1,528
1,998
2,644
3,525
4,700
6,345
8,813
1,560
2,040
2,700
3,600
4,800
6,480
9,000
1,593
2,083
2,756
3,675
4,900
6,615
9,188
1,625
2,125
2,813
3,750
5,000
6,750
9,375
1,658
2,168
2,869
3,825
5,100
6,885
9,563
1,690
2,210
2,925
3,900
5,200
7,020
9,750
82
B-268
98
Triple
Quad
14
12
112
14
12
112
12
34
112
412
114
212
712
10
14
12
112
680
900
1,200
1,600
2,160
3,000
4,000
5,320
7,080
9,400
12,500 16,670 82
260
340
450
600
800
1,080
1,500
2,000
2,660
3,540
4,700
6,250
8,335 B-268
130
170
225
300
400
540
750
1,000
1,330
1,770
2,350
3,125
4,167 98
87
113
150
200
267
360
500
667
887
1,180
1,567
2,083
2,778 Triple
65
85
113
150
200
270
375
500
665
885
1,175
1,563
2,084 Quadruple
Note: General rule for series selection use Fig. 82 for up to 12" of movement up to 1" use Fig. B-268, up to 2" use Fig. 98, up to 3" use a Triple-, up to 4"
use a Quadruple. Double check to assure desired variability is achieved.
PH 135
Spring Hangers
SPRING HANGERS
Variable Spring
Size: Options are: #0 through #22 (B-268 / C-268 also available in #00 and #000)
Type: Options are: A through G*
Hot (Operating or Design) Load (lbs): _________ (optional)**
Cold/Installed (Factory Set) Load (lbs): _________ (optional)**
Vertical Movement: _________ + (up) or (down) (optional)**
Mark Number: _______________________ (If Required)
Travel Stops: Yes: _________ No: __________
If travel stops are ordered and hot & cold loads are not provided, then the spring will be set to mid range load.
Notes:
*
Type G Springs must also include the C-to-C dimension & the load per spring.
** Anvil will determine the appropriate Figure Number and will calculate the Cold Load when only the Hot Load and movement are specified.
PH 136
SPRING HANGERS
Spring Hangers (Type A)
Spring Hangers
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+3 1/2"
Weight
000
00
14
15
16
26
7
8
29
31
Rod Size
A
R.H.
Thread
Length
1 2
Casing
Length
B
5 5 8
7916
Casing
Diam
C
Flange
Diam
D
5 1 8
61116
1 2
7916
71516
5 1 8
3 4
10
61516
5916
61516
71516
8 3 8
8 5 8
1034
10716
9116
65
71
11
65
10716
9 7 8
71
10716
9 1 2
13
89
14
93
1 1 4
15
111
1 1 4
16
133
1 1 2
162
1 3 4
17
6
7
7
8
1318
19
376
2 1 4
20
480
2 1 2
10
2334
21
556
2 3 4
10
27516
11
3338
705
8 5 8
1138
1814
22
1034
1034
1818
330
2012
716
1138
1138
1138
141316
1634
1578
1838
716
1678
2378
2934
1316
3 4
1 3 8
1116
916
1516
5 8
1 1 4
5 8
3 4
1 1 2
11116
1 1 4
1 1 4
11516
1116
1 2
1 1 4
3 8
1 1 4
3 8
1 3 8
2116
1 3 8
11516
2916
2 3 4
2 1 4
2158
1234
1316
1
1516
16
1234
1138
1314
18
8 5 8
1314
16116
1516
81516
12
716
71316
6 5 8
10
1218
1516
7916
81316
5
7 3 8
Thread
Depth
G
71516
8 5 8
5 8
5116
Min. Thread
Engagement
F
6116
8516
1 2
Rod
Take Out
E
3 5 8
21116
2 3 4
31116
3 3 4
PH 137
SPRING HANGERS
Fig. B-268, C-268
D
T
R
T
DEFL. (IN.) LOAD (LB.)
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. B-268
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
INDICATOR
B
LOAD SCALE
& NAME PLATE
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+3 1/2"
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+3 1/2"
structure. These two lugs permit the use of an eye rod or a single
plate for attachment where headroom is limited.
5
6
8
9
10
14
16
17
27
30
32
66
72
66
71
89
94
114
138
168
331
378
486
568
714
PH 138
1 2
1116
1 2
1116
1 2
1116
5 5 8
7916
61116
7916
8516
71516
Flange
Diam
D
Min. Thd
Height
Rod
Engagement of Pin Take Out
F
H
J
5 1 8
1516
1 1 2
5 1 8
1516
1 1 2
5916
61516
1516
1 1 2
6 5 8
8 3 8
1516
1 1 2
8 5 8
1034
1 1 4
1 1 2
8 5 8
1034
1 1 4
8 5 8
81316
5 8
1316
3 4
1516
1
1 1 4
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 3 4
2
2 1 4
2 1 2
2 3 4
3
6
7
7
8
9
10
10
11
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 1 2
1 3 4
2
2 3 8
2 5 8
2 7 8
3 1 8
3 3 8
10
10716
1218
10716
10716
1318
1314
1314
16116
1818
1814
2012
2334
27516
3338
7
9 1 2
8
8 7 8
9 7 8
9 1 2
9 7 8
Clevis
Opening Thickness
S
T
1 1 4
7 8
1 4
1 1 4
7 8
1 4
1 1 4
7 8
1 4
1 1 4
1116
1 4
1 1 4
1 1 4
3 8
1 1 2
1 5 8
1 2
2
2
2
2
5 8
91516
2
3
1034
8 5 8
1138
11516
3
4
1234
1234
1578
1678
2 3 4
3 5 8
4 1 2
4 1 2
5
11316
11716
1378
1238
1212
1438
1538
1538
19316
2118
2218
25
2814
3118
3734
2 1 2
3
4
4
2 3 8
2 5 8
2 7 8
3 1 8
3 3 8
3 5 8
3 7 8
5 8
3 4
3 4
1
1
Z
1316
1316
3 4
1
1
1 3 8
1116
916
5 8
3 4
1 1 2
11116
1116
1 2
3 8
3 8
2116
11516
2916
21116
31116
3 3 4
SPRING HANGERS
Fig. B-268, C-268
LOAD
INDICATOR
Spring Hangers
D
MUST BE PINNED
OR TACKED
BY CUSTOMER
LOAD
INDICATOR
B
B
LOAD SCALE &
NAME PLATE
MUST BE PINNED
BY CUSTOMER
RIGHT HAND
THREADS
3 1/2"
COUPLING POSITION
AT MAXIMUM LOAD
Type D permits adjustment of the hanger from the top. This type has
a piece of tubing which passes through a hole in the top cap. Type D is
especially adapted for use where the hanger is set above the
supporting beams and pipe is suspended below.
Weight
(lbs)
000
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
5
6
6
7
8
11
12
14
22
25
26
51
58
51
56
73
77
88
107
133
262
300
370
455
505
Rod
Size
A
R.H.
Thd
Length
1 2
1 2
1 2
Casing
Length
B
5 5 8
7916
61116
7916
8516
71516
Casing
Diam
C
Flange
Diam
D
Min Thread
Engagement
F
Allowance
for Nuts
K
Height
of Spacer
M
5 1 8
1316
1 1 4
3 1 8
5 1 8
1516
1 1 4
3 1 8
5916
61516
1516
1 1 4
3 1 8
6 5 8
8 3 8
1516
1 1 2
8 5 8
1034
1 1 4
1 3 4
8 5 8
1034
1 1 4
8 5 8
81316
5 8
3 4
1
1 1 4
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 3 4
2
2 1 4
2 1 2
2 3 4
3
10
10716
1218
10716
10716
1318
1318
151516
18
1814
2012
2334
27516
3338
8
9
10
11
1034
1 1 4
1138
11516
1234
1578
2 3 4
1234
1678
3 5 8
8 5 8
2 1 4
3
3
3 1 2
4
4916
5
5916
6 1 4
6 5 8
Rod
Length
Y
10
1134
11116
111516
121116
111116
12516
13
13516
1414
1434
1558
1678
141116
151316
1838
1914
1934
22916
2518
251116
2838
32316
35916
42
Rod
Take-out
Q
6
PH 139
SPRING HANGERS
Fig. B-268, C-268
LOAD COLUMN
DEFL. (IN.) LOAD (LB.)
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. B-268
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
C
E'
Type F is for use under a base elbow or piping that must be supported
directly from the floor. If more than 14" of horizontal translation occurs of
loads resting on the flat load flange or other flat surface junction between
the type F spring hanger and the load, a double roller design pipe roll is
recommended. Pipe rolls, as illustrated above, will be furnished on
request. For dimension of the pipe roll, refer to Fig. 271, see page PH-118.
412
4-6
Cast Iron
1,900
218
578
512
Cast Iron
4,200
234
814
634
8 - 10
Steel
14,000
234
814
634
12 - 14
Cast Iron
6,150
312
1058
634
12 - 14
Steel
26,000
312
12
634
9,960
334
12
634
34,000
334
12
634
7
10
Cast Iron
16 - 20
Steel
24
Cast Iron
12,200
1314
24
Steel
60,000
1314
30
Cast Iron
15,000
412
30
Steel
60,000
1612
19
13
19
12
412
FOUR SLOTS
(Bolt Circle)
134
8 - 10
16 - 20
780
LOAD
INDICATOR
Cast Iron
36
Cast Iron
24,000
41516
36
Steel
60,000
1612 814
10
Base type variable springs will be furnished with an extended load column
on special order. Guided Load Columns and roller are available on request.
Adjustment to the required load rating is made by inserting a bar into
holes provided in the load column and turning the column. The 2"
increment between minimum and maximum X dimensions is the
amount of field adjustment available and is in excess of the amount
required for load adjustment.
11
12
12
14
15
23
25
26
40
46
47
91
98
90
95
115
119
130
150
173
343
380
471
496
654
51116
7 5 8
6 3 4
7 5 8
8 3 8
8
Bottom
Flange
Bolt Circle
Min Max
Bottom Thickness
Flange
Bottom
Bolts
Flange
5 1 8
7 1 2
8 3 4
5 8
1 4
5 1 8
7 1 2
8 3 4
5 8
1 4
5916
61516
7 1 2
8 3 4
3 4
14
81116
81516
1018
10916
1214
10916
10916
1314
1314
151516
18
1814
2012
2334
27516
3338
6 5 8
8 3 8
1078
3 4
3 8
8 5 8
1034
1314
10916
1612
3 4
1 2
8 5 8
1034
1314
10916
1612
3 4
1 2
1314
10916
1612
3 4
1 2
1034
8 5 8
1138
1234
1578
1714
1534
22
3 4
5 8
1234
1678
1714
1534
22
3 4
5 8
Lengths - X*
Min
7316
9 1 8
8 1 4
9 1 8
9 7 8
Max
9316
1118
1014
1118
1178
9916
11916
1014
1012
1214
1212
111116
131116
1218
131316
1218
1218
1418
151316
1418
1418
141316
161316
141316
171516
20
20516
22916
251316
29716
3512
161316
191516
22
22516
24916
271316
31716
3712
Load Thickness
Load
Flange of Load
Col. Diam
Diam
Flange
1.9
3 7 8
316
1.9
3 7 8
316
2.875
5 3 8
316
3.5
6 3 8
1 4
4.5
8 3 8
1 2
4.5
8 3 8
1 2
8 3 8
1 2
2.5
1212
1 2
3.0
1212
1 2
4.5
2.0
*Hanger take-out or installed height. With pipe movement up, cold to hot, installed height should be the mid-point between the minimum and maximum "X" dimension, plus thickness of load flange.
With pipe movement down, cold to hot installed height should be mid-point between the minimum and maximum "X" dimension, plus the amount of vertical movement and load flange thickness.
Note: Sizes 16" and larger are furnished with a hexagon nut at the top of a solid load column to facilitate adjustment with a wrench.
PH 140
SPRING HANGERS
Spring Hangers (Type G)
Spring Hangers
MIN = Z
MAX = Z + 3 1/2"
N
FIG. B-268
SIZE
TYPE G
MARKNO.
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
2 1/2
2 1/4
2
1 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
1
3/4
1/2
1/4
0
DEFL. (IN.) LOAD (LB.)
LOAD INDICATOR
Weight
000
24
00
26
30
31
32
41
42
43
63
7
8
69
73
Rod
Size
A
R.H.
Thread
Length
1 2
Casing
Length
B
5 3 8
7916
Casing
Dia.
C
Flange
Dia.
D
Min Thread
Engagement
F
5 1 8
1516
5 1 8
1516
61116
1 2
7916
8516
1 2
71516
5916
61516
1516
8 5 8
81316
5 8
3 4
10
6 5 8
8 3 8
1516
8 5 8
1034
1 1 4
10716
Rod
Take Out
N
1 3 8
1 3 4
1516
2716
11116
157
31316
14
203
1 1 4
250
1 1 4
16
298
1 1 2
354
1 3 4
17
7
8
19
783
2 1 4
20
993
2 1 2
10
2334
21
1,197
2 3 4
10
27516
11
3338
1,496
1 1 4
2012
3 1 4
3 1 4
8 5 8
1138
31516
11516
4 1 8
4
1814
22
1034
1034
1818
690
5 8
1 1 2
C3 x 4.1
30
3 4
C3 x 4.1
36
C4 x 5.4
36
1 1 4
1234
1578
1678
2 3 4
3 5 8
3 4
1 3 8
4 1 8
4516
4 3 8
5 8
1 1 2
11116
C5 x 6.7
36
1116
1 1 2
1 1 2
C8 x 11.5
C12 x 20.7
36
42
40
C15 x 33.9
48
1 2
3 8
33
C6 x 10.5
4
1234
1316
3 4
3 1 8
1314
18
8 5 8
1314
16116
24
2 1 2
3716
15
C3 x 4.1
1316
916
10716
1 1 2
1 5 8
10716
195
5 8
1116
145
13
24
1 3 4
11
1318
C3 x 4.1
143
157
Space
Between
Channels
W
2116
12
Max
C-C
1916
10
1218
Channel
Size
(lb/ft)
2 1 8
3 8
11516
2 3 8
2 5 8
2916
4
2 7 8
3 1 8
3 3 8
2116
21116
31116
3 3 4
PH 141
SPRING HANGERS
Fig. 82, C-82
D
G
LOAD
LOAD
SCALE &
INDICATOR
NAME PLATE
"A"
LOAD
INDICATOR
T
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
FIG. -82
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+134"
R
H
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
FIG. -82
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+134"
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+134"
"A"
C
FIG. -82
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
"A"
FIG. 82 TYPE A
LOAD
INDICATOR
"A"
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME PLATE
D
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME PLATE
FIG. 82 TYPE B
FIG. 82 TYPE C
D
LOAD COLUMN
"A"
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME PLATE
LOAD
INDICATOR
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
FIELD PINNED
OR TACKED
ROD SIZE "A"
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
SIZE
MARKNO.
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME PLATE
-82
TYPE
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME PLATE
FIG. -82
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
FIELD
PINNED
F
C
Q
R.H. TH'DS.
F
C
134"
FIG. 82 TYPE D
FIG. 82 TYPE E
MIN = Z
MAX = Z + 134"
P
C
F
N
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
DEFL. (IN.) LOAD (LB.)
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. -82
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
FIG. 82 TYPE G
PH 142
LOAD INDICATOR
FOUR
SLOTS
FIG. 82 TYPE F
C - C ROD DIMENSION
AS SPECIFIED
"A"
C
E'
COUPLING
POSITION
AT MAX LOAD
SPRING HANGERS
Short Spring
Casing
Min
Flange
Rod R.H.
Thread
Hanger
Size Thread Length Dia. Dia.
Engage
Size
D
A Length
B
C
F
0
12
434
518
1516
538
514
3
12
514
5916
61516
1516
58
61116
658
838
1516
714
9
10
34
13
1034
114
714
4
834
14
114
15
114
878
16
112
1058
17
18
134
2
1178
13
19
214
20
212
1618
21
234
3
18
10
2214
22
858
714
11
12
814
858
1034
114
878
14
4516
4116
614
6
1116
5116
916
4716
638
1034
858
1234
1138
11516
1578
234
1678
358
716
0
1
Bottom
Flange
716
7316
6316
8516
1316
51516
8116
118
618
858
138
738
978
1316
6316
81116
11516
78
6316
81116
118
738
1038
234
34
738
1138
1116
112
Bolts
Thick
78
114
14
118
1316
112
114
1116
14
178
738
1138
131116
10916
141516
212
212
101116
161316
2916
1134
1838
14
2058
118
1358
2078
38
1758
2538
2116
112
114
114
38
114
112
158
12
112
58
58
112
138
134
2
238
214
1516
716
91116
1134
258
278
234
3
238
318
338
238
212
258
278
412
318
338
412
5
358
378
34
34
1
1
1114
1258
Dia.
Thick.
Length X
Min
134
112
134
134
134
Max
Channel
Size
(lbs/ft)
214
1358
1418
3
312
4
1758
19316
134
1578
2058
4916
5
23516
5916
25
614
2958
658
Type G
Load Flange
114
10716
1116
814
1114
1
212
2
134
91516
218
114
9116
58
218
178
734
858
178
218
9516
Load
Col.
Dia.
14
778
114
Type F
Hanger
Size
78
114
58
218
5116
234
112
838
1116
1116
118
1316
21116
1234
712
34
34
114
Types B, C
Type D
Hgt
Nut
Rod
Clevis
Thk.
Length Allow. Spacer
R
Opening
T
M
K
Y
S
Pin
Hgh
H
1
218
5116
1116
51316
1516
1116
1316
538
134
134
114
Weight
Space
Max
Between
C-C
Channels - W
Type
P
A,B,C
D,E
G*
6
7
5
6
11
11
27
12
11
12
10
11
10
20
33
35
36
6516
61316
61516
7716
6 7 8
7 3 8
7 1 2
13
12
21
7 1 2
20
193
33
51
22
23
35
36
57
59
7 1 2
8 3 4
5 8
1 4
1.900
3 7 8
316
2
3
4
7
8
7 1 2
8 3 4
3 4
1 4
2.875
5 3 4
316
1078
3 4
3 8
3.50
6 3 8
1 4
1314
10916
1612
3 4
1 2
4.50
8 3 8
1 2
8 3 8
8 7 8
C3 x 4.1
C3 x 4.1
24
30
5 8
3 4
3 4
3 4
29
C3 x 4.1
36
3 4
23
24
56
52
78
125
C4 x 5.4
36
1 1 4
62
58
84
137
81516
91516
91516
101516
11
81516
91516
55
51
76
121
12
81516
91516
58
53
78
132
10716
11716
69
63
81
154
10916
11916
72
55
91
159
10916
11916
88
79
100
198
1258
1358
102
91
112
230
1378
1478
120
105 126
266
15116
16116
259
226 270
16116
17116
286
246 275
20
18316
19316
350
302 344
21
2018
2118
401
339 348
2438
2538
490
431 443
9
10
13
1314
10916
1612
3 4
1 2
4.50
8 3 8
1 2
14
15
16
4.50
1314
10916
1612
3 4
1 2
17
2.00
8 3 8
1 2
18
19
22
1714
1714
1534
1534
22
22
3 4
3 4
5 8
5 8
2.50
3.00
1212
1212
1 2
1 2
C5 x 6.7
36
1 1 2
33
1 1 2
C6 x 10.5
C8 x 11.5
36
2 1 8
Hanger
take-out or installed height. With pipe movement up, cold to hot, installed height should be the mid point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus thickness of load fl ange. With
pipe movement down, cold to hot installed height should be mid-point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus the amount of vertical movement and load fl ange thickness. (Type F only).
*Weight based on 24" center-to-center dimension.
See page PH-140 for Type F roller information.
PH 143
Spring Hangers
SPRING HANGERS
Fig. 98, C-98
Double Spring
D
T
ROD
SIZE "A"
ROD
SIZE "A"
H
M
1/4
1/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
3/4
1
11/4
11/4
11/2
11/2
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
23/4
3
3 1/4
23/4
3
3 1/4
23/4
3
3 1/4
23/4
3
3 1/4
3/4
1
11/4
11/2
1/4
LOAD
INDICATOR
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
11/2
1 3/4
2
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 3/4
4 3/4
4 3/4
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. -98
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. -98
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+7"
3 3/4
4 1/4
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. -98
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+7"
1/2
11/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. -98
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
3 1/2
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME
PLATE
1/4
3/4
1
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+7"
C
ROD
SIZE "A"
ROD
SIZE "A"
FIG. 98 TYPE A
FIG. 98 TYPE C
FIG. 98 TYPE B
LOAD
COLUMN
LOAD
FLANGE
FIG. 98 TYPE D
D
DEFL.(IN.) LOAD (LB.)
0
MUST BE
PINNED
OR TACKED
BY
CUSTOMER
1/4
1/2
MIN = Z
MAX = Z + 134"
3/4
1
11/4
11/2
1 3/4
2
ROD
SIZE "A"
2 1/4
3 3/4
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
3 1/2
4
2 1/2
23/4
3
3 1/4
11/4
4 1/4
11/2
4 1/2
1 3/4
4 3/4
2 1/4
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. -98
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
DEFL.(IN.) LOAD (LB.)
0
2 1/2
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. -98
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
23/4
3
3 1/4
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
11/4
11/2
4 1/4
1 3/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
23/4
3
3 1/4
SPG.RATE
LB./IN.
FIG. -98
SIZE
TYPE
MARKNO.
3 1/2
LOAD
INDICATOR
FOUR
SLOTS
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
F
MUST BE
PINNED BY
CUSTOMER
FIG. 98 TYPE F
Q
R.H. TH'DS.
F
ROD
SIZE "A"
7"
COUPLING
POSITION
AT MAXIMUM
LOAD
FIG. 98 TYPE E
PH 144
C
E
FIG. 98 TYPE G
The Anvil Variable Double Spring Hanger, Fig. 98, embodies all of the Fig. B-268 features and is designed to
the same exacting specifications. Each basic unit consists of two springs arranged in series within a single
casing. A centering guide is provided to assure the permanent alignment of the spring assembly. This hanger
is offered in the seven basic types as shown here.
The load table and instructions for sizing this hanger may be found on page PH-133 through PH-135.
SPRING HANGERS
Double Spring
Fig. 98, C-98: Weight (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Casing
Rod R.H.
Hanger
Size Thread Length Dia.
Size
A Length
B
C
1 2
3
9
1514
5916
1516
61516
1858
65 8
3 4
11
10
85 8
1034
1516
12316
1418
1516
131516
1578
1116
15316
1718
1718
1116
151516
1778
1316
151516
18116
1 1 8
18316
20516
1116
181116
201316
1516
1878
2138
2138
2378
7 8
1678
1938
1814
10
2434
85 8
1034
2 3 8
12
2078
2314
2614
1 2
2318
2718
1 2
2318
2718
28916
321516
2 1 8
321316
37316
21116
3118
37316
2916
3512
4218
2316
716
1116
1316
1 1 4
10
2478
16
1 1 2
11
17
12
18
1 3 4
2
2978
34
12
3314
19
2 1 4
13
3734
20
2 1 2
14
4414
21116
4218
4834
4 1 8
21
2 3 4
3
14
15
4978
62
21116
45716
521116
3516
2 3 4
3 1 8
3 1 2
5818
6618
4 1 8
3 3 8
22
1234
1578
2 3 4
1678
3 5 8
3 1 4
4116
4316
4 1 8
4
1 1 2
Bottom
Flange
Bolts
Thick
Load
Col.
Dia.
Load Flange
Dia.
Thick.
Length X
Min
Max
14316
16316
151516
171516
17716
19716
1558
1758
1678
1878
1814
7 1 2
7 1 2
8 3 4
8 3 4
3 4
3 4
1 4
1 4
2.88
3 7 8
5 3 4
1 1 4
1116
1 4
2558
316
1 4
1 1 2
5 1 2
11 2
1 1 4
1 1 4
3 8
2978
1 3 4
5 1 2
1 1 2
1 3 8
1 3 4
2
2 3 8
2 1 4
2 5 8
2 7 8
1 5 8
1 2
5 8
1 1 2
2 3 8
2 1 2
2 5 8
2 7 8
41 2
3 1 8
3 3 8
41 2
5
3 5 8
3 7 8
5 8
3 4
3 4
1
1
2714
3238
Channel
Size
(lbs/ft)
Max
C-C
2 1 4
3338
3334
3878
3 1 2
4
4312
43316
5 1 2
4818
4916
5
55316
5916
6058
6 1 4
7318
6 5 8
5 1 2
5 1 2
5 1 2
Weight
Space
Between
Channels - W
Type
P
A,B,C
D,E
G*
12
12
20
37
14
14
21
41
16
16
23
45
22
21
35
55
25
24
39
61
2014
27
26
41
65
1838
2038
41
40
62
93
C3 x 4.1
C3 x 4.1
24
30
5 8
3 4
1 1 2
22516
49
48
72
109
2114
2314
61
52
75
133
2178
2378
97
94
136
207
24516
26516
114
108
150
241
191516
211516
96
95
134
209
21316
23316
108
104
144
223
26716
28716
144
139
181
305
26916
28916
153
147
188
323
26916
28916
C6 x 10.5
172
163
201
368
3178
36
3378
38
C8 x 11.5
35516
37516
218
273
512
202
247
477
241
287
550
462
572
1,056
391316
411316
600
548
624
1,231
20
46516
48516
802
723
807
1,633
21
5178
64
5378
66
940
845
872
1,965
10
1314
10916
1612
3 4
1 2
3.50
4.50
6 3 8
316
5 1 2
20516
3 8
1.90
1 1 4
1078
5 8
2034
22
Type G
0
1
11 2
Type F
Hanger
Size
1 4
2512
1 1 4
1234
7 8
1 1 4
27716
1516
3 1 4
12
5 1 2
26916
15
11516
11 2
2 5 8
3 1 2
1 1 4
231116
5 8
3 3 8
12
2118
2338
14
1138
1 4
21116
2 3 4
Hgt
Spacer
M
2212
1 1 4
85 8
7 8
1 1 4
1 3 4
9
1778
1034
11 2
1 7 8
9
Type D
Nut
Allow.
K
1938
1116
716
1 3 4
5 8
2478
1 1 2
1 7 8
3 4
1 1 4
Rod
Thk.
Length
T
Y
1 1 4
1538
1 1 4
Type A
Types B, C
Clevis
Thread Lug Pin
Opening
Depth Hole Hgt R
S
Size H
G
1 1 2
9
15316
1912
13716
20316
2258
1316
1516
8 3 8
1316
19916
13
1516
161116
5 8
12
5 1 8
1658
10
14
1 2
5
7
1438
1578
2
4
Min
Thread
Engage
F
1258
0
1
Flange
Dia.
D
8 3 8
1 2
11
12
13
1314
10916
1612
3 4
1 2
4.50
8 3 8
1 2
14
15
4.50
16
17
18
1314
10916
19
1714
1534
22
1714
1534
1612
3 4
1 2
22
3 4
5 8
22
3 4
5 8
2.00
2.50
3.00
8 3 8
1 2
1212
1 2
1212
1 2
C3 x 4.1
C4 x 5.4
C5 x 6.7
36
36
36
1 1 4
1 1 2
33
C12 x 20.7
1 1 2
36
42
2 1 8
2 3 8
40
C15 x 33.9
48
3 1 8
3 3 8
1,240
Hanger take-out or installed height. With pipe movement up, cold to hot, installed height should be the mid point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus thickness of load flange. With pipe
movement down, cold to hot installed height should be mid-point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus the amount of vertical movement and load flange thickness. (Type F only).
*Weight based on 24" center-to-center dimension. See page PH-140 for type F roller information.
PH 145
Spring Hangers
SPRING HANGERS
Triple Spring, Triple Spring-CR
D
ROD
SIZE*
"A"
LOAD
INDICATOR
R
H
T
G
M
DEFL.(IN) LOAD (LB)
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
5 1/4
5 1/2
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
LB IN
SPG.RATE
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME
PLATE
J
TRIPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME
PLATE
TRIPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
LOAD
INDICATOR
Y
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME
PLATE
TRIPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME
PLATE
TRIPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
F
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+1012"
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+1012"
TRIPLE TYPE B
LOAD
INDICATOR
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+1012"
TRIPLE TYPE A
TRIPLE TYPE C
LOAD
FLANGE
TRIPLE TYPE D
C-C ROD DIMENSION AS SPECIFIED
NOT TO EXCEED C-C MAX
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
SCALE &
NAME
X
PLATE
TRIPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
MIN = Z
MAX = Z + 3 1/2"
P
W
LOAD
SCALE
& NAME
PLATE
TRIPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
TRIPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
FOUR
SLOTS
LOAD INDICATOR
C
C
E'
F
MUST BE PINNED
BY CUSTOMER
R.H. TH'DS.
1012"
COUPLING POSITION
AT MAXIMUM LOAD
TRIPLE TYPE E
PH 146
TRIPLE TYPE F
TRIPLE TYPE G
The Anvil Variable Triple Spring Hanger, embodies all of the Fig. B-268 features and is designed to the same
exacting specifications. Each basic unit consists of three springs arranged in series within a single casing. A
centering guide is provided to assure the permanent alignment of the spring assembly. This hanger is
offered in the seven basic types as shown here.
The load table and instructions for sizing this hanger may be found on page PH-133 through PH-135.
SPRING HANGERS
1 2
12
2134
1516
B&C
1918
0
1
Type A
1516
1918
2058
2818
2134
2314
3034
1118
1 1 2
Depth
Thread
G
716
Type D
1 1 4
7 3 4
Type F
Type G
Loaded Length
Dim X
Min
Max
201516
221516
23916
25916
251316
27916
23
25
2478
2678
24
24
2512
33
21316
21316
221116
30316
23116
24916
32116
2518
2518
2658
3418
261516
281516
25
25
2612
34316
261516
281516
271516
29716
3718
2978
3178
29516
29516
301316
3812
3114
3314
29916
29916
31116
3878
3158
3358
3314
3434
42916
35516
37516
11
261116
261116
28316
36
2834
3034
12
28916
28916
30916
3838
2 1 4
3058
3258
3614
3814
46116
38516
40516
3634
3958
47516
381316
401316
3658
3912
47316
10916
381116
401116
44116
47116
5458
11116
4618
4818
5014
5314
61516
11916
52516
54516
4918
5318
601116
1078
4916
51516
53516
5578
6038
6778
11716
58116
60116
6558
7018
78316
111516
671316
691316
73516
761316
8778
11
75716
77716
9358
9558
1 2
12
5
6
7
12
5 8
23116
271516
5916
6 5 8
1516
1516
1516
1516
1118
1118
716
5 8
1 1 4
1 1 2
7 3 4
71116
1 1 2
13
10
3 4
13
13
3314
8 5 8
1
3614
13
8 5 8
1 1 4
1 1 4
1 1 4
1 1 4
1112
1112
1 3 4
3
3 7 8
1
2 1 2
14
14
1 1 4
3634
1 3 8
15
1 1 4
3658
1 3 8
1 1 4
16
1 1 2
11516
11516
14
44116
8 5 8
15
17
1 3 4
18
5014
4918
7916
7916
4
3
4
1 3 8
3 1 2
7916
7116
16
19
2 1 4
20
2 1 2
17
6558
21
2 3 4
17
73516
22
5578
18
9112
1234
1234
2 3 4
3 5 8
2 3 4
3 5 8
2 1 4
5
5916
2 3 4
6 1 4
6 5 8
4
9112
9512
106716
1112
9516
PH 147
Spring Hangers
SPRING HANGERS
Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-CR
D
LOAD
INDICATOR
ROD
SIZE*
"A"
H
M
QUADRUPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
QUADRUPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
QUADRUPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
QUADRUPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
LB/IN
SPG.RATE
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
5 1/4
5 1/2
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 1/2
8 3/4
9
9 1/4
9 1/2
9 3/4
10
DEFL.(IN) LOAD (LB)
LB/IN
SPG.RATE
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
5 1/4
5 1/2
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 1/2
8 3/4
9
9 1/4
9 1/2
9 3/4
10
DEFL.(IN) LOAD (LB)
SPG.RATE
LB/IN
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
5 1/4
5 1/2
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 1/2
8 3/4
9
9 1/4
9 1/2
9 3/4
10
DEFL.(IN) LOAD (LB)
LB/ IN
SPG.RATE
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
5 1/4
5 1/2
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 1/2
8 3/4
9
9 1/4
9 1/2
9 3/4
10
DEFL.(IN) LOAD (LB)
LOAD SCALE
& NAME
PLATE
J
B
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
SCALE
& NAME
PLATE
B
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
SCALE
& NAME
PLATE
B
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
SCALE
& NAME
PLATE
B
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+14"
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+14"
MIN.=Z
MAX.=Z+14"
QUADRUPLE TYPE A
QUADRUPLE TYPE B
QUADRUPLE TYPE C
QUADRUPLE TYPE D
LOAD
INDICATOR
MUST BE
PINNED
OR TACKED
BY CUSTOMER
LOAD
FLANGE
QUADRUPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
SPG.RATE
LB/ IN
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
5 1/4
5 1/2
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 1/2
8 3/4
9
9 1/4
9 1/2
9 3/4
10
DEFL.(IN) LOAD (LB)
MIN = Z
MAX = Z + 3 1/2"
QUADRUPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
SPG.RATE
LB/IN
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
5 1/4
5 1/2
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 1/2
8 3/4
9
9 1/4
9 1/2
9 3/4
10
DEFL.(IN) LOAD (LB)
LOAD
INDICATOR
LOAD
SCALE
& NAME
PLATE
LOAD
SCALE
& NAME
PLATE
X
P
W
TRIPLE SPRING
SIZE
TYPE
MARK NO.
B
DEFL.(IN) LOAD (LB)
0
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
5 1/4
5 1/2
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
LB IN
SPG.RATE
FOUR
SLOTS
LOAD INDICATOR
C
E'
D
MUST BE PINNED
BY CUSTOMER
R.H. TH'DS.
QUADRUPLE TYPE F
The Anvil Variable Quadruple Spring Hanger, embodies all of the Fig. B-268 features and is designed to the same exacting
specifications. Each basic unit consists of four springs arranged in series within a single casing. A centering guide is
provided to assure the permanent alignment of the spring assembly. This hanger is offered in the seven basic types as
shown here.
The load table and instructions for sizing this hanger may be found on page PH-133 through PH-135.
COUPLING POSITION
AT MAXIMUM LOAD
14"
QUADRUPLE TYPE E
PH 148
QUADRUPLE TYPE G
SPRING HANGERS
Casing
Dia
C
Min
Thd
F
1 2
16
2858
1516
Type A
B&C
2518
2658
3718
2858
3018
4058
2518
0
1
Casing
Length
B
1516
1518
1 1 2
Depth
Thd
G
716
Type D
1 1 4
7 3 4
Type F
Type G
Loaded Length
Dim X
Min
Max
261516
281516
30716
32716
3158
3158
3318
4358
33716
35716
2778
2778
2938
3978
291116
311116
3038
3178
4238
32316
34316
1 2
16
3038
5916
1516
1516
1518
716
1 1 4
7 3 4
3318
3318
3458
4518
341516
361516
321516
321516
34716
4518
3478
3678
3678
3838
49116
381316
401316
381116
381116
40316
5078
4058
4258
381316
381316
40516
5118
4078
4278
451316
471316
37116
39116
2 1 4
39916
41916
491316
511316
50716
52716
50316
52316
591516
611516
5 8
16
8
9
3678
6 5 8
1516
1516
1518
5 8
3 4
11
4334
17
8 5 8
1 1 4
1 1 4
35
3712
12
4334
4514
56116
35
3612
47516
3712
3912
50516
1512
1 1 4
1
13
17
7916
1 3 4
16
10
1 1 2
1 1 2
4734
8 5 8
7116
3 7 8
1 1 4
4734
4934
60916
1512
7116
2 1 2
14
1 1 4
15
1 1 4
4838
1 3 8
4818
1 3 8
1 1 4
11516
11516
4838
5114
611516
4818
51
611516
1512
5778
6078
71716
15116
4
3
18
16
1 1 2
5778
8 5 8
1 3 8
3 1 2
7116
17
1 3 4
19
6618
6618
6918
80316
15916
68316
70316
18
19
6418
6418
6818
781116
1478
4916
66516
68516
19
2 1 4
7318
7758
8818
15716
75516
77516
20
2 1 2
8618
9058
1011116
151516
88516
90516
21
2 3 4
9578
9938
113716
15
98
100
12214
12414
7318
1234
2 3 4
2 3 4
2 1 4
20
8618
9578
1234
21
22
3 5 8
3 5 8
12018
5916
2 3 4
6 1 4
9516
4
12018
12418
138716
1512
6 5 8
PH 149
Spring Hangers
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Model R
As the lever moves from the high to the low position, the load spring
is compressed and the resulting increasing force acting on the
decreasing spring moment arm creates a turning moment about the
main pivot which is exactly equal and opposite to the turning
moment of the load and load moment arm.
Load
Pivot
Load
Adjustment
Bolt
Moveable
Trunion
Spring Pivot
Plate
Spring
Tension Rod
Fixed Load
Spring Spring
Pivot
HIGH POSITION
(1)
sin = X
sin = X-Z
Lower
"J" Rod
D
Y
HORIZONTAL
W
W SIN
MIDDLE POSITION
Load
Coupling
A
L
W SIN
VERTICAL
VERTICAL
D
W
X
L
Y
HORIZONTAL
Z
P
Load
Yoke
9.921
Main
Pivot
As the lever moves from the low to the high position, the load spring
is increasing in length and the resulting decreasing force acting on
the increasing spring moment arm creates a turning moment about
the main pivot which is exactly equal and opposite to the turning
moment of the load and load moment arm.
K Rod
Position Indicator
and Travel Stop
Spring Cover
LOW POSITION
The spring force F is equal to the spring constant K times the spring
deflection E; thus:
(6) F = KE; Therefore equation (5) may be written as:
YZ sin
(7) Spring Moment = KE ----------------
sin
X- = --------sin - and (3) X = YZ
Substituting in (1), we have (2) ------------------
YZ
To obtain perfect constant support the load moment must always equal
the spring moment. Therefore:
KEYZ sin
(8) LW = ----------------------
By proper design "" and "" are made equal. Therefore, equation (8) may
be written as:
The spring is attached at one of its ends to the fixed pivot B. The
springs free end is attached by means of a rod to the lever-pivot
D. This spring arrangement provides a spring moment about the
main lever-pivot P which opposes the load moment and is equal to
the spring force F times its moment arm; thus:
YZ sin
(5) Spring Moment = F ---------------- ,
YZ sin
where ---------------- is the spring moment arm
PH 150
(9)
KEYZ
LW = -----------
The spring and the rod are so arranged that the spring deflection E
always equals the distance between pivots B and D. Therefore,
equation (9) may be written as:
(10) LW = KYZ or, (11) L = (KYZ)/W
Since equation (11) holds true for all positions of the load within its
travel range and K, Y, Z, and W remain constant it is therefore
true that perfect constant support is obtained.
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Constant Support
Constant Supports
Model R
Fig. 80-V,
Vertical
Model R
Fig. 81-H,
Horizontal
Features:
Because of exclusive geometric design, mathematically perfect
constancy of support is maintained throughout the full range
of load adjustment.
How to determine design: After the hanger size and design are
determined, the type of constant support to be used depends upon the
physical installation required by the suspension problem, i.e., whether
the hanger is to be installed above, between or below steel members
(see line cuts referring to Types A, B, C, etc.). It will be noted that the
Type F is made in horizontal design only and the type G is made in the
vertical design only. Special constant support hangers can be
fabricated for unusual conditions.
J-rod and K-hole diameter: Tapping or drilling for standard rod
size will be furnished as shown in the J-rod and K-hole selection charts
unless otherwise specified. Upper attachments, turnbuckles and
clamps should be tapped to agree with the rod as shown in the
selection chart. Standard rod diameters are based on the load to be
carried by the upper rod which includes the weight of the hanger
assembly as well as the pipe line. Tapped connections for hanger rod
sizes 3" and smaller are UNC-Thread Series, Class 2 fit. 31 4 " and large
rod tappings are 8UN Series Threads.
PH 151
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Model R
(Continued)
Ordering: Specify:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
Installation:
(1) Securely attach the hanger to the building structure at a
point where the load coupling is directly over the desired
point of attachment to the pipe in the operating position.
(1) Make certain that the moving parts of the hanger will be
unobstructed.
(2) Attach the lower J-rod between the pipe attachment and the
load coupling. Make certain that the lower J-rod has
enough thread engagement before taking up the load. A
sight hole is provided for this.
(3) Turn the load coupling, as you would a turnbuckle, until the
travel indicator rotates to the desired cold setting (white
button) marked C indicated on the position scale. If the
constant support incorporates a travel stop see below.
(4) After the line is in operation, check hanger for indicated hot
setting. If necessary, make adjustment by turning the load
coupling to bring the indicator to the hot position (red button) marked H. No other adjustment is normally required
since the load as calibrated at the factory is equal to the
load specified to be supported.
PH 152
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Model R
(Continued)
LUGS TO BE 90
FROM CHANNEL
ON TYPE D
3"
Constant Supports
HM
Hole
Lugs to be attached to
each side of frame (all types)
sizes 64 thru 83
sizes 84 thru 110
Lugs to be attached to
each side of frame and
will need stabilizing
rigging when being lifted
Type A
Type D
Type E
Type G
Type A
Type D
Type E
Type F
PH 153
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Total Travel* (in); Load (lbs) See notes on page PH-157
1 1 2
2 1 2
3 1 2
4 1 2
5 1 2
6 1 2
7 1 2
144
173
204
233
280
327
373
451
527
600
727
851
977
1, 177
1, 373
1, 573
1, 893
2, 217
2, 540
108
130
153
175
210
245
280
338
395
450
545
638
733
883
1,030
1,180
1,420
1,663
1,905
86
104
122
140
168
196
224
270
316
360
436
510
586
706
824
944
1,136
1,330
1,524
72
87
102
117
140
163
187
225
263
300
363
425
489
589
687
787
947
1,109
1,270
62
74
87
100
120
140
160
193
226
257
311
365
419
505
589
674
811
950
1,089
54
65
77
88
105
123
140
169
198
225
273
319
367
442
515
590
710
832
953
48
58
68
78
93
109
124
150
176
200
242
284
326
392
458
524
631
739
847
43
52
61
70
84
98
112
135
158
180
218
255
293
353
412
472
568
665
762
39
47
56
64
76
89
102
123
144
164
198
232
267
321
375
429
516
605
693
36
43
51
58
70
82
93
113
132
150
182
213
244
294
343
393
473
554
635
33
40
47
54
65
75
86
104
122
138
168
196
226
272
317
363
437
512
586
31
37
44
50
60
70
80
97
113
129
156
182
209
252
294
337
406
475
544
29
35
41
47
56
65
75
90
105
120
145
170
195
235
275
315
379
443
508
27
33
38
44
53
61
70
85
99
113
136
160
183
221
258
295
355
416
476
19
2,025
1,620
1,350
1,157
1,013
900
810
736
675
623
579
540
506
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
2,145
2,335
2,525
2,710
2,910
3,110
3,310
3,630
3,950
4,270
4,535
4,795
5,060
5,295
5,525
1,716
1,868
2,020
2,168
2,328
2,488
2,648
2,904
3,160
3,416
3,628
3,836
4,048
4,236
4,420
4,696
4,968
5,240
5,616
5,988
6,360
6,976
7,588
8,200
8,724
9,284
9,760
10,376
10,988
11,600
1,430
1,557
1,683
1,807
1,940
2,073
2,207
2,420
2,633
2,847
3,023
3,197
3,373
3,530
3,683
3,913
4,140
4,367
4,680
4,990
5,300
5,813
6,323
6,833
7,270
7,737
8,133
8,647
9,157
9,667
10,367
11,067
11,847
12,623
13,400
14,713
16,023
17,333
18,423
19,510
20,600
21,890
23,176
24,463
1,226
1,334
1,443
1,549
1,663
1,777
1,891
2,074
2,257
2,440
2,591
2,740
2,891
3,026
3,157
3,354
3,549
3,743
4,011
4,277
4,543
4,983
5,420
5,857
6,231
6,631
6,971
7,411
7,848
8,286
8,886
9,486
10,154
10,820
11,486
12,611
13,734
14,857
15,791
16,723
17,657
18,763
19,665
20,968
1,073
1,168
1,263
1,355
1,455
1,555
1,655
1,815
1,975
2,135
2,268
2,398
2,530
2,648
2,763
2,935
3,105
3,275
3,510
3,743
3,975
4,360
4,743
5,125
5,453
5,803
6,100
6,485
6,868
7,250
7,775
8,300
8,885
9,468
10,050
11,035
12,018
13,000
13,818
14,633
15,450
16,418
17,383
18,348
953
1,038
1,122
1,204
1,293
1,382
1,471
1,613
1,756
1,898
2,016
2,131
2,249
2,353
2,456
2,609
2,760
2,911
3,120
3,327
3,533
3,876
4,216
4,556
4,847
5,158
5,422
5,764
6,104
6,444
6,911
7,378
7,898
8,415
8,933
9,809
10,682
11,555
12,282
13,007
13,733
14,593
15,451
16,309
858
934
1,010
1,080
1,164
1,244
1,324
1,452
1,580
1,708
1,814
1,918
2,024
2,118
2,210
2,348
2,484
2,620
2,808
2,994
3,180
3,488
3,794
4,100
4,362
4,642
4,880
5,188
5,494
5,800
6,220
6,640
7,108
7,574
8,040
8,828
9,614
10,400
11,054
11,706
12,360
13,134
13,906
14,678
780
849
918
985
1,058
1,131
1,204
1,320
1,436
1,553
1,649
1,744
1,840
1,925
2,009
2,135
2,258
2,382
2,553
2,722
2,891
3,171
3,449
3,727
3,965
4,220
4,436
4,716
4,995
5,273
5,655
6,036
6,462
6,886
7,309
8,026
8,740
9,455
10,049
10,642
11,236
11,940
12,642
13,344
715
778
842
903
970
1,037
1,103
1,210
1,317
1,423
1,512
1,598
1,687
1,765
1,842
1,957
2,070
2,183
2,340
2,495
2,650
2,907
3,162
3,417
3,635
3,868
4,067
4,323
4,578
4,833
5,183
5,533
5,923
6,311
6,700
7,356
8,011
8,666
9,211
9,755
10,300
10,945
11,588
12,231
660
718
777
834
895
957
1,018
1,117
1,215
1,314
1,395
1,475
1,557
1,629
1,700
1,806
1,911
2,015
2,160
2,303
2,446
2,683
2,919
3,154
3,355
3,571
3,754
3,991
4,226
4,462
4,785
5,108
5,468
5,826
6,185
6,791
7,396
8,000
8,503
9,005
9,508
10,103
10,697
11,291
613
667
721
775
831
889
946
1,037
1,129
1,220
1,296
1,370
1,446
1,513
1,579
1,677
1,774
1,871
2,006
2,139
2,271
2,491
2,710
2,929
3,116
3,316
3,486
3,706
3,924
4,143
4,443
4,743
5,077
5,410
5,743
6,306
6,867
7,429
7,896
8,362
8,829
9,382
9,933
10,484
572
623
673
723
776
829
883
968
1,053
1,139
1,209
1,279
1,349
1,412
1,473
1,565
1,656
1,747
1,872
1,996
2,120
2,325
2,529
2,733
2,908
3,095
3,253
3,459
3,663
3,867
4,147
4,427
4,739
5,049
5,360
5,885
6,409
6,933
7,369
7,804
8,240
8,756
9,270
9,785
536
584
631
678
728
778
828
908
988
1,068
1,134
1,199
1,265
1,324
1,381
1,468
1,553
1,638
1,755
1,871
1,988
2,180
2,371
2,563
2,726
2,901
3,050
3,243
3,434
3,625
3,888
4,150
4,443
4,734
5,025
5,518
6,009
6,500
6,809
7,316
7,725
8,209
8,691
9,174
448
476
505
549
594
638
685
732
779
854
929
1 ,0 0 5
1 ,0 6 7
1 ,1 2 8
1 ,1 9 1
1 ,2 4 6
1 ,3 0 0
1 ,3 8 1
1 ,4 6 1
1 ,5 4 1
1 ,6 5 2
1 ,7 6 1
1 ,8 7 1
2 ,0 5 2
2 ,2 3 2
2 ,4 1 2
2 ,5 6 6
2 ,7 3 1
2 ,8 7 1
3 ,0 5 2
3 ,2 3 2
3 ,4 1 2
3 ,6 5 9
3 ,9 0 6
4 ,1 8 1
4 ,4 5 5
4 ,7 3 0
5 ,1 9 3
5 ,6 5 5
6 ,1 1 8
6 ,5 0 3
6 ,8 8 6
7 ,2 7 1
7 ,7 2 6
8 ,1 8 0
8 ,6 3 4
214
234
314
358
418
458
518
512
612
678
738
778
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
B (avg. in.)
PH 154
138
178
8 1 2
Hanger
Size No.
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Hanger
Size No.
10
11
1112
12
1212
13
1312
14
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
423
450
477
519
561
602
647
691
736
807
878
949
1,008
1,066
1,124
1,177
1,228
401
426
452
492
532
571
613
655
697
764
832
899
955
1,009
1,065
1,115
1,163
381
405
429
467
505
542
582
622
662
726
790
854
907
959
1,012
1,059
1,105
35
1,304
1,236
1,174
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
1,380
1,456
1,560
1,663
1,767
1,938
2,108
2,278
2,423
2,579
2,711
2,882
3,052
3,222
1,307
1,379
1,478
1,576
1,674
1,836
1,997
2,158
2,296
2,443
2,568
2,730
2,891
3,053
50
3,456
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
B (avg. in.)
1412
15
1512
16
1,242
1,310
1,404
1,497
1,590
1,744
1,897
2,050
2,181
2,321
2,440
2,594
2,747
2,900
1,053
1,118
1,183
1,248
1,337
1,426
1,514
1,661
1,807
1,952
2,077
2,210
2,324
2,470
2,616
2,762
1,005
1,067
1,129
1,191
1,276
1,361
1,445
1,585
1,724
1,863
1,983
2,110
2,218
2,358
2,497
2,636
962
1,021
1,080
1,139
1,221
1,302
1,383
1,516
1,649
1,782
1,896
2,018
2,122
2,255
2,389
2,522
922
978
1,035
1,092
1,170
1,247
1,325
1,453
1,581
1,708
1,817
1,934
2,033
2,162
2,289
2,417
885
939
994
1,048
1,123
1,198
1,272
1,395
1,518
1,640
1,745
1,857
1,952
2,075
2,198
2,320
851
903
955
1,008
1,080
1,151
1,223
1,341
1,459
1,577
1,678
1,785
1,877
1,995
2,113
2,231
819
870
920
970
1,040
1,109
1,178
1,292
1,405
1,518
1,615
1,719
1,807
1,921
2,035
2,148
790
838
887
936
1,003
1,069
1,136
1,246
1,355
1,464
1,558
1,658
1,743
1,853
1,962
2,071
3,274
3,110
2,962
2,827
2,704
2,592
2,488
2,392
2,304
2,221
2,371
2,538
2,705
2,871
3,152
3,433
3,714
3,947
4,180
4,414
4,690
4,965
5,242
2,001
2,145
2,289
2,451
2,612
2,772
3,044
3,315
3,586
3,811
4,036
4,262
4,529
4,795
5,061
1,934
2,073
2,213
2,369
2,524
2,680
2,942
3,204
3,466
3,684
3,902
4,120
4,378
4,635
4,892
1,871
2,006
2,142
2,293
2,443
2,593
2,847
3,101
3,355
3,565
3,776
3,987
4,236
4,485
4,734
1,813
1,944
2,075
2,221
2,367
2,513
2,759
3,004
3,250
3,454
3,658
3,863
4,104
4,346
4,587
3,689
3,949
4,208
4,467
4,904
5,341
5,778
6,141
6,503
6,867
7,297
7,725
8,154
3,495
3,741
3,986
4,231
4,646
5,060
5,474
6,818
6,161
6,505
6,912
7,319
7,725
3,320
3,554
3,787
4,020
4,414
4,807
5,200
5,527
5,853
6,180
6,567
6,953
7,339
3,162
3,384
3,606
3,828
4,203
4,518
4,952
5,263
5,574
5,885
6,254
6,621
6,989
3,018
3,231
3,442
3,654
4,012
4,370
4,727
5,024
5,320
5,618
5,969
6,320
6,671
2,887
3,090
3,293
3,495
3,838
4,180
4,521
4,806
5,089
5,374
5,710
6,046
6,381
2,767
2,962
3,156
3,350
3,678
4,006
4,333
4,606
4,877
5,150
5,472
5,794
6,116
2,656
2,843
3,030
3,216
3,531
3,846
4,160
4,422
4,682
4,944
5,254
5,562
5,871
2,554
2,734
2,913
3,092
3,395
3,698
4,000
4,251
4,502
4,754
5,051
5,348
5,645
2,459
2,632
2,805
2,978
3,269
3,561
3,852
4,094
4,335
4,578
4,864
5,150
5,436
814
834
914
958
1018
1058
11
1112
12
1238
1278
1338
1378
1414
1434
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Constant Supports
912
PH 155
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Total Travel* (in); Load (lbs) See notes on page PH-157
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
B dim
Sizes 64 to 83
B dim
Sizes 84 to 110
412
19,225
20,100
22,068
24,033
26,000
27,635
29,268
30,900
32,835
34,768
36,700
38,800
40,900
43,000
45,335
47,668
50,000
52,500
55,000
57,500
17,089
17,866
19,615
21,362
23,111
24,564
26,015
27,466
29,186
30,904
32,622
34,489
36,355
38,222
40,297
42,371
44,444
46,666
48,888
51,111
358
PH 156
418
512
612
712
812
912
10
1012
11
1112
12
15,380
16,080
17,654
19,226
20,800
22,108
23,414
24,720
26,268
27,814
29,360
31,040
32,720
34,400
36,268
38,134
40,000
42,000
44,000
46,000
49,200
52,400
55,400
58,400
61,400
66,000
13,982
14,618
16,049
17,478
18,909
20,098
21,286
22,473
23,880
25,286
26,691
28,218
29,746
31,273
32,971
34,668
36,364
38,182
40,000
41,819
44,728
47,637
50,364
53,091
55,819
60,000
12,816
13,400
14,711
16,021
17,333
18,423
19,511
20,599
21,889
23,177
24,466
25,866
27,266
28,666
30,222
31,779
33,332
35,000
36,665
38,332
40,998
43,665
46,165
48,665
51,165
54,998
61,331
67,164
73,500
80,830
87,500
11,831
12,370
13,580
14,790
16,000
17,007
18,011
19,016
20,207
21,396
22,585
23,878
25,170
26,462
27,899
29,335
30,770
32,309
33,847
35,386
37,847
40,309
42,616
44,924
47,232
50,771
56,617
62,002
67,848
74,617
81,540
10,986
11,486
12,610
13,733
14,857
15,792
16,725
17,657
18,763
19,868
20,972
22,172
23,372
24,572
25,906
27,239
28,572
30,000
31,429
32,858
35,144
37,429
39,572
41,715
43,858
47,144
52,572
57,573
63,001
69,287
75,716
78,930
82,145
85,360
87,500
10,253
10,720
11,769
12,817
13,866
14,738
15,609
16,480
17,512
18,542
19,573
20,693
21,813
22,933
24,178
25,422
26,666
27,999
29,333
30,666
32,799
34,932
36,932
38,932
40,932
43,999
49,065
53,732
58,799
64,665
70,665
73,665
76,665
79,665
82,665
85,998
87,500
9,613
10,050
11,034
12,016
13,000
13,818
14,632
15,450
16,418
17,384
18,350
19,400
20,450
21,500
22,668
23,834
25,000
26,250
27,500
28,750
30,750
32,750
34,625
36,500
38,375
41,250
46,000
50,375
55,125
60,625
66,250
69,063
71,875
74,688
77,500
80,625
83,750
86,875
87,500
9,047
9,459
10,385
11,310
12,236
13,005
13,773
14,542
15,452
16,362
17,271
18,259
19,248
20,236
21,335
22,432
23,530
24,707
25,883
27,060
28,942
30,824
32,589
34,354
36,119
38,825
43,295
47,413
51,884
57,060
62,355
65,002
67,649
70,296
72,943
75,884
78,826
81,767
84,708
87,500
8,544
8,933
9,808
10,681
11,555
12,282
13,008
13,733
14,593
15,452
16,311
17,244
18,178
19,111
20,149
21,185
22,222
23,333
24,444
25,555
27,333
29,111
30,777
32,444
34,111
36,666
40,888
44,777
49,000
53,888
58,888
61,388
63,888
66,388
68,888
71,666
74,444
77,221
80,000
83,610
87,221
87,500
8,094
8,463
9,291
10,119
10,947
11,635
12,323
13,010
13,825
14,639
15,452
16,336
17,221
18,105
19,088
20,070
21,052
22,105
23,157
24,210
25,894
27,578
29,157
30,736
32,315
34,736
38,736
42,420
46,420
51,051
55,788
58,156
60,525
62,893
65,261
67,893
70,524
73,156
75,787
79,210
82,629
86,050
87,500
7,690
8,040
8,827
9,613
10,400
11,054
11,707
12,360
13,134
13,907
14,680
15,520
16,360
17,200
18,134
19,067
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,600
26,200
27,700
29,200
30,700
33,000
36,800
40,300
44100,
48,500
53,000
55,250
57,500
59,750
62,000
64,500
67,000
69,500
72,000
75,250
78,500
81,750
85,000
87,500
7,323
7,657
8,406
9,154
9,904
10527
11,149
11,770
12,508
13,244
13,980
14,780
15,580
16,380
17,269
18,158
19,046
19,998
20,951
21,903
23,427
24,950
26,379
27,807
29,236
31,426
35,045
38,378
41,996
46,187
50,472
52,615
54,757
56,900
59,043
61,423
63,804
66,185
68,566
71,661
74,756
77,851
80,946
84,469
87,500
6,990
7,308
8,024
8,738
9,454
10,048
10,642
11,235
11,939
12,641
13,344
14,108
14,871
15,635
16,484
17,332
18,180
19,089
20,000
20,907
22,361
23,816
25,179
26,543
27,906
29,997
33,451
36,633
40,087
44,087
48,177
50,222
52,268
54,313
56,358
58,631
60,903
63,176
65,448
68,402
71,357
74,311
77,265
80,628
83,992
87,446
87,500
6,686
6,991
7,675
8,359
9,043
9,611
10,179
10,747
11,420
12,092
12,764
13,495
14,225
14,955
15,768
16,579
17,390
18,260
19,129
20,000
21,390
22,781
24,085
25,389
26,694
28,694
31,998
35,041
38,345
42,171
46,084
48,040
50,000
51,953
53,909
56,083
58,257
60,430
62,604
65,430
68,256
71,082
73,908
77,125
80,342
83,646
86,950
6,408
6,700
7,356
8,011
8,666
9,211
9,755
10,300
10,945
11,589
12,233
12,933
13,633
14,333
15,111
15,889
16,666
17,500
18,333
19,166
20,500
21,832
23,082
24,332
25,582
27,500
30,665
33,582
36,749
40,415
44,165
46,040
47,915
49,790
51,665
53,748
55,831
57,914
60,000
62,706
65,414
68,122
70,831
73,914
77,000
80,163
83,330
458
518
512
612
678
738
778
814
834
914
958
1018
1058
11
4316
4916
538
51316
614
658
7116
712
778
8516
834
918
9916
10
Hanger
Size No.
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
13
1312
14
1412
15
1512
16
6,152
6,432
7,062
7,690
8,320
8,843
9,366
9,888
10,507
11,126
11,744
12,416
13,088
13,760
14,507
15,254
16,000
16,800
17,600
18,400
19,680
20,960
22,160
23,360
24,560
26,400
29,440
32,240
35,280
38,800
42,400
5,915
6,184
6,790
7,394
8,000
8,503
9,005
9,507
10,103
10,697
11,292
11,938
12,584
13,230
13,949
14,666
15,384
16,153
16,922
17,692
18,922
20,153
21,307
22,461
23,614
25,384
28,307
31,000
33,922
37,306
40,768
95
44,200
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
1612
17
1712
18
1812
19
1912
5,696
5,955
6,538
7,120
7,703
8,188
8,671
9,155
9,728
10,301
10,873
11,496
12,118
12,740
13,432
14,123
14,814
15,555
16,295
17,036
18,221
19,406
20,517
21,628
22,739
24,443
27,258
29,850
32,665
35,924
39,257
5,492
5,742
6,304
6,966
7,428
7,895
8,361
8,828
9,380
9,932
10,484
11,084
11,684
12,284
12,951
13,618
14,284
14,998
15,712
16,427
17,569
18,712
19,783
20,855
21,926
23,569
26,283
28,782
31,496
34,639
37,583
5,303
5,544
6,087
6,629
7,172
7,623
8,073
8,523
9,057
9,590
10,123
10,703
11,282
11,861
12,505
13,149
13,792
14,482
15,171
18,561
16,964
18,068
19,102
20,136
21,171
22,757
25,377
27,791
30,411
33,446
36,549
5,126
5,359
5,884
6,408
6,933
7,369
7,804
8,239
8,755
9,270
9,786
10,346
10,906
11,466
12,088
12,710
13,332
14,000
14,665
15,332
16,398
17,465
18,465
19,465
20,465
21,998
24,531
26,864
29,397
32,330
35,330
4,961
5,187
5,694
6,201
6,709
7,131
7,552
7,973
8,473
8,971
9,470
10,012
10,554
11,096
11,698
12,300
12,902
13,547
14,192
14,837
15,869
16,902
17,869
18,837
19,805
21,288
23,740
25,998
28,449
31,287
34,190
4,806
5,025
5,517
6,008
6,500
6,909
7,317
7,725
8,209
8,692
9,175
9,700
10,225
10,750
11,334
11,917
12,500
13,125
13,750
14,375
15,375
16,375
17,313
18,250
19,188
20,626
23,000
25,188
27,563
30,313
33,125
20
42,498
40,924
39,460
38,100
36,830
35,642
34,531
35,938
37,344
38,750
40,313
41,875
43,438
45,000
47,031
49,063
51,094
53,125
55,438
57,750
60,125
62,500
32,119
33,482
34,845
36,209
37,572
39,087
40,602
42,117
43,632
45,602
47,571
49,541
51,510
53,752
55,994
58,297
60,600
31,175
32,498
33,822
35,145
36,468
37,939
39,409
40,880
42,350
44,262
46,174
48,085
50,000
52,173
54,350
56,585
58,820
30,285
31,570
32,856
34,141
35,427
36,855
38,284
39,712
41,141
42,998
44,855
46,712
48,569
50,683
52,797
54,969
57,140
29,442
30,691
31,941
33,191
34,441
35,830
37,219
38,607
39,996
41,801
43,607
45,412
47,218
49,273
51,328
53,439
55,550
28,647
29,863
31,080
32,295
33,511
34,862
36,214
37,565
38,916
40,673
42,429
44,186
45,943
47,942
49,942
52,000
54,050
27,894
29,078
30,262
31,446
32,631
33,946
35,262
36,578
37,894
39,604
41,315
43,025
44,736
46,683
48,630
50,630
52,630
27,179
28,332
29,486
30,640
31,794
33,076
34,358
35,640
36,922
38,588
40,255
41,921
43,588
45,485
47,383
49,331
51,280
26,500
27,625
28,750
29,875
31,000
32,250
33,500
34,750
36,000
37,625
39,250
40,875
42,500
44,350
46,200
48,100
50,000
46,000
47,800
49,600
51,600
53,600
55,600
57,600
60,200
62,800
65,400
68,000
70,960
73,920
76,960
80,000
44,230
45,960
47,690
49,613
51,536
53,459
56,382
57,882
60,382
62,882
65,382
68,228
71,074
74,000
76,920
42,590
44,257
45,923
47,775
49,627
51,479
53,330
55,738
58,145
60,552
62,960
65,700
68,441
71,255
74,070
41,067
42,673
44,280
46,066
47,851
49,637
51,422
53,744
56,065
58,386
60,707
63,350
65,992
68,706
71,420
39,652
41,204
42,755
44,479
46,203
47,927
49,651
51,892
54,134
56,375
58,616
61,168
63,719
66,340
68,960
38,330
39,829
41,329
42,996
44,662
46,329
47,995
50,162
52,328
54,495
56,661
59,127
61,594
64,127
66,660
37,093
39,545
40,000
41,609
43,221
44,834
46,447
48,544
50,640
52,737
54,834
57,220
59,607
62,059
64,510
1112
12
1238
1278
1338
1378
1414
1434
1038
101316
11316
1158
12116
1212
1278
13516
131116
1418
14916
141516
1538
1534
16316
1658
Constant Supports
1212
B dim
Sizes 64 to 83
B dim
Sizes 84 to 110
(1)
Hanger
Size No.
* Note: Total travel equals actual travel plus 1" or 20% (whichever is greater), rounded up to nearest 12" as applicable.
(2) Constant supports are readily available for travel and load not listed in this table. Dimensions and lug locations may vary from those
shown on the following pages.
(3) For Type F Upthrust see page PH-170 for standard travel and sizes.
(4) Fig. 80-V are not available for sizes 1 thru 9.
PH 157
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Model R
CL
ROD
TAKE - OUT
ROD
TAKE - OUT
D
L
I
G
M
J
L Position
M
M Position
H Position
Sizes 64 83
Sizes 10 63
J
B
Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-154 through PH-157 for
B dimension. For weights see page PH-172.
Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from
that shown.
Dia.
M
Total
Travel
TT
Factors
J-rod
Rod Dia.
Min Thd
Length Min Max
10 - 18
1878
878
112
858
6716
78
138
19 - 34
2812
16
218
258
1234
8916
118
158
35 - 49
3234
1814
434
334
14
91316
112
212
50 - 63
4678
2818
8516
578
18
1114
64 - 74
6712
4414
1316
712
2538
22316
11
212
75- 83
6912
4614
112
712
2538
27316
11
5 or less
161516
512 or more
1914
5 or less
271516
512 or more
30116
6 or less
3238
612
37
or more
11 or less
1112
4612
or more
5134
1012 or less
7758
11 or more
7734
1012 or less
78316
11 or more
78516
134 + TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
534 + TT
114
234
534 + TT
112
314
84-110
See page PH-164
Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position.
"I" dimension for sizes10 through 63 equals "B" + "Q" Note: See the size selection chart (see page PH-154 through PH-157) for the "B" dimension.
Load
(lbs)
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
J Rod Size
12
58
34
114
*314"
PH 158
134
13,401
18,300
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
214
212
234
314*
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 80-V Type B
Model R
ROD
TAKE - OUT
ROD
TAKE - OUT
L Position
M
L
H
H Position
Sizes 64 83
Sizes 10 63
M Position
Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-154 through PH-157 for
Dia.
M
J-rod
Total
Travel
TT
Factors
5 or less
512 or more
5 or less
512 or more
6 or less
612 or more
11 or less
19516
2158
31116
33316
3678
4112
5212
1112 or more
5734
1012 or less
11 or more
1012 or less
11 or more
7714
7738
771516
78116
Min
Rod Dia.
Thread
Length Min Max
10-18
1878
878
112
112
858
6716
138
112
38
19-34
2812
16
218
258
1234
8916
158
112
58
35-49
3234
1814
434
334
14
91316
212
50-63
4678
2818
8516
578
18
1114
64-74
6012
3714
1316
712
412
2538
22316
11
75-83
6114
38
112
712
358
2538
27316
11
334
212
34
134 + TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
534 + TT
114
234
534 + TT
112
314
Load
(lbs)
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
J-Rod Size
12
58
34
114
112
K-Hole
1116
1316
1516
114
112
134
*314"
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
134
214
212
234
314*
238
258
278
318
338
358
PH 159
Constant Supports
HOLE
SIZE
K
CL
HOLE
SIZE K
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
I
G
ROD
TAKE - OUT
F
ROD
TAKE - OUT
R T
HOLE
SIZE
K
CL
HOLE
SIZE K
Model R
L Position
M
L
M Position
H
H Position
Sizes 64 83
Sizes 10 63
J
B
Notes: See load travel tables,see page PH-154 through PH-157 for
B dimension. For weights see page PH-172.
Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from
that shown.
Dia.
M
J-Rod
Total
Travel
TT
Factors
5 or less
19516
Min Thd
Length
Rod Dia.
10-18
1878
878
112
112
858
6716
138
112
38
19-34
2812
16
218
258
1234
8916
158
112
58
35-49
3234
1814
434
334
14
91316
212
34
50-63
4678
2818
8516
578
18
1114
64-74
60
3634
1316
712
2538
22316
11
12
75-83
6012
3714
112
712
412
2538
27316
11
334
84-110
512
or more
5 or less
512
or more
6 or less
612
or more
2158
31116
33316
3678
4112
11 or less
5212
1112 or more
5734
1012 or less
7714
11 or more
7738
1012 or less
771516
11 or more
78116
134 +TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
534 + TT
114
234
534 + TT
112
314*
Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. "I" dimension for sizes10 through 63 equals "B" + "Q"
Note: See the size selection chart (see page PH-154 through PH-157) for the "B" dimension.
K hole center line location is determined by the formula of "B - G = K Center Line".
Load
(lbs)
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
6,101
9,400
9,401
13,400
13,401
18,300
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
J-Rod Size
12
58
34
114
112
134
214
212
234
314*
K-Hole Size
1116
1316
1516
114
112
134
238
258
278
318
338
358
78
1116
114
158
238
258
278
318
338
358
378
418
*314"
PH 160
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 80-V Type D
Model R
Constant Supports
TWO HOLES
FOR BOLTS
CL
X
ROD
TAKE - OUT
L Position
M Position
H Position
Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-154 through PH-157
for B dimension. For weights see page PH-172.
Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from
that shown.
Dia.
M
Bracket
Hole
Dia.
Total
Travel
TT
J-Rod
Factors Min Thd Min Max
Length Dia. Dia.
10-18
1878
878
112
858
6716
138
41516
238
112
1034
34
19-34
2812
16
218
258
1234
8916
158
1212
238
112
1478
78
35-49
3234
1814
434
334
14
91316
212
1314
258
1634
118
50-63
4678
2818
8516
578
18
1114
2412
278
21
138
64-83
84-110
Not Available
5 or less
1512
512 or more
17316
5 or less
261116
512 or more
281316
6 or less
3114
612
or more
3578
11 or less
45916
1112 or more
5078
134 + TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
Load
(lbs)
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
6,101
9,400
9,401
13,400
13,401
18,300
18,301
24,700
J Rod Size
12
58
34
114
112
134
214
PH 161
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 80-V Type E
Model R
CL
I
G
I
G
L
Position
Sizes 64 74
Sizes 1 to 63
BOLT
HOLES
(4)
M
Position
H
Position
D
D
Sizes 75 83
Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-154 through PH-157 for
B dimension. For weights see page PH-172.
Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from
that shown.
Angle
Size
Bracket
Hole
Dia.
Dia.
M
112
4516
858
58
81516
6716
138
112 x 2 x 14
34
J-Rod
Factor Min Thd Rod Dia.
Length Min Max
10-18
19-34
2812
218
258
61116
1234
58
11316
8916
158
112 x 212 x 14
34
35-49
334
8516
14
1316
13516
91316
212
2 x 2 x 38
78
50-63
121316
18
3 x 3 x 38
1534
22316
1916 141516
312 x 312 x 12
64-74
1316
38
62
16
3534
38
712 2538
11
712 2538
2558
27316
134
1512
11
4 x 4 x 38
5 or less
1716
512 or more
334
5 or less
21316
512 or more
41516
6 or less
212
612
or more
11 or less
138
158
75-83
Total
Travel
TT
158
1112
or more
718
158
7
1012 or less
918
11 or more
914
1012 or less
834
11 or more
878
134 +TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
534 + TT
114
234
534 + TT
112
314
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
6,101
9,400
9,401
13,400
13,401
18,300
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
J Rod Size
12
58
34
114
112
134
214
212
234
314*
*314"
PH 162
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 80-V Type G
Model R
H Position
MM
LL
ROD
TAKE - OUT
L Position
Constant Supports
HH
M Position
vertical type Constant Support units plus a pair of channels, back-toback, welded at each end to the hanger casing.
In sizing a Type G hanger, it must be remembered that each standard
spring unit carries one-half of the total pipe load. Furthermore, the
weights of the hanger itself must be considered as part of the overall
load. Therefore, using one-half the total pipe load, select the required
hanger size from the Load Travel Table and add one-half the weight of
the size hanger selected to one-half the total pipe load. If the load now
exceeds the maximum load at the required total travel for the hanger
size selected, it is necessary to go to the next larger hanger. If the pipe
line is designed so as not to be centered on the channel, one spring of
the trapeze will carry a heavier load than the other and care must be
Dia
M
Channel
Size
(lbs/ft)
C-C
Total
Travel
TT
Factors
5 or less
111116
Min
Thread
Length
Min Max
Rod Rod
Dia. Dia.
Not available
10-18
1878
878
112
858
6716
2916
312
51316
31516
4 @ 5.4
30
19-34
2812
16
114
218
258
1234
8916
3916
618
6 @ 10.5
42
35-49
434
334
14
91316 3716
512
1034
10 @ 15.3
48
50-63
8516
578
18
1114
612
1434
101516
12 @ 20.7
48
64-110
Not available
512
or more
14
5 or less
161316
512 or more
1834
6 or less
1914
612
or more
2378
11 or less
2458
1112 or more
30
134 + TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
Load
(lbs)
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
6,101
9,400
9,401
13,400
13,401
18,300
18,301
24,700
J Rod Size
12
58
34
114
112
134
214
PH 163
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 80-V Types A, B and C
K HOLE
SIZE
ROD
TAKE
OUT
TYPE C
TYPE B
ROD
TAKE
OUT
ROD
TAKE
OUT
W H R
H R
K
HOLE
SIZE
TYPE A
Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-154 through PH-157 for
B dimension.
For weights see page PH-172.
Types A, B, and C sizes 84 through 110, for large loads and long
travels, provide for basically the same methods of upper attachment
as sizes 10 to 83 shown Type A on page PH-158, Type B page PH-159
and Type C see page PH-160.
E
D
Type Type
A&B
C
Type
A&B
Type
C
Factor
Type Type
A&B
C
Type
A
Type
B&C
Min
Thread
Length
912 or less
4534
5434
10
10 or more
5512
6412
13
14 or less
5118
6058
12
1412 or more
6018
6958
15
84-94
7834
16
15
4934
412
112
24
1012
12
95-110
100
24
23
64
412
712
24
1112
312
1312
J - Rod
Total
Travel
TT
Rod Dia.
Min
Max
334
212
334
Load
(lbs)
14,376
18,300
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
58,001
69,000
69,001
87,500
J & K-Rods
214
212
234
314*
312*
334*
K-Hole
238
258
278
318
338
358
378
418
412
412
412
278
318
338
358
378
418
438
458
112
134
114
114
T (Type B)
T (Type C)
W
34
34
PH 164
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 81-H Type A
Model R
J+14"
Single Rod
Suspension
(Sizes 1 through 63 only)
Constant Supports
L
E
ROD
TAKE - OUT
N
M
1- 9
814
78
618
418
1316
10 - 18
8716
12
2916
8516
6716
1116
19 - 34
14716
114
58
378
12716
8916
118
35 - 49
17716
134
1116
434
1334
91316
138
Factors
4 or less
1614
1234
412 or more
2014
10
15516
5 or less
18716
1078
21716
11
1314
512
or more
5 or less
261516
10
1634
512 or more
31116
1418
1878
6 or less
31916
11
2118
39916
19
2534
45916
16
241516
612
or more
8 or less
50 - 63
26316
1516
11116
71116
171116
1114
134
64 - 74
3534
314
514
22316
11
3716
75 - 83
3534
314
358
27316
11
414
84 - 110
J-Rod
Total
Travel
TT
Rod
Min Thread
Length
Dia.
Min
Max
134 + TT
12
12
134 + TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
534 + TT
114
234
534 + TT
112
314
812 to 11
53916
24
241516
1112 or more
53916
24
3014
1012 or less
5712
1534
34716
11 or more
63
2114
34916
1012 or less
5712
1514
3612
11 or more
63
2034
3658
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
214
212
234
314*
Load
(lbs)
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
J Rod Size
12
58
34
*314"
112
134
PH 165
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 81-H Type B
Model R
W2
2W
W
W2
HOLE SIZE K
L
E
F
H
ROD
TAKE - OUT
Single Rod
Suspension
(Sizes 1 through 63 only)
N
M
Type B is furnished with two lugs one at each end of the hanger
1-9
814
114
78
134
112
618
418
10 - 18
8716
114
12
2516
112
8516
6716
19 - 34
14716
138
58
334
12716
8916
35 - 49
17716
1116
412
1334
91316
50 - 63
26316
1516
638
1738
1114
64 - 74
3534
314
314
412
22316
11
75 - 83
3534
312
358
434
27316
11
J-Rod
Total
Travel
TT
Factors
4 or less
1614
512
1458
412 or more
2014
912
17316
5 or less
18716
712
13116
512 or more
21716
1012
15716
5 or less
261516
934
1978
512 or more
31116
1378
22
6 or less
31916
1012
2558
612 or more
39916
1812
3018
8 or less
45916
1338
301116
812 to 11
53916
2138
301116
1112 or more
53916
2138
36
1012 or less
5712
1514
4238
11 or more
63
2034
4212
1012 or less
5712
1434
4534
11 or more
63
2014
4578
Rod Dia.
Min Thd
Length
Min
Max
134 + TT
12
12
134 + TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
534 + TT
114
234
534 + TT
112
314**
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
6,101
9,400
9,401
13,400
13,401
18,300
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
J-rod
12
58
34
114
112
134
214
212
234
314**
K-Hole Size
1116
1316
1516
114
112
134
238
258
278
318
338
358
114
114
114
112
212
212
412
14*
14*
38
12
58
34
34
34
34
212
212
212
PH 166
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 81-H Type C
Model R
R
H
Constant Supports
2W
W/2
HOLE
SIZE K
F
M
ROD
TAKE - OUT
Single Rod
Suspension
(Sizes 1 through 63 only)
Type C is furnished with two pair of lugs, one pair of lugs at each of
the hanger frame. These lugs permit the use of two eye rods or two
single plates for attachment where headroom is limited. Sizes 1 to 9
are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and
coupling.
1-9
814
114
78
134
112
618
418
10 - 18
8716
114
12
2516
112
8516
6716
19 - 34
14716
58
318
12716
8916
35 - 49
17116
212
1116
1334
91316
50 - 63
26316
1516
638
171116
1114
64 - 74
3534
314
414
412
22316
11
75 - 83
3534
412
358
334
27316
11
J-Rod
Total
Travel
TT
Factors
1012 or less
11 or more
5712
63
512
912
712
1012
812
1258
912
1712
1338
2138
2138
1334
1914
1234
1814
1458
17316
13116
15716
1978
22
812 to 11
1112 or more
1012 or less
11 or more
1614
2014
18716
21716
261516
31116
31916
39916
45916
53916
53916
5712
63
4 or less
412 or more
5 or less
512 or more
5 or less
512 or more
6 or less
612 or more
8 or less
Min Thread
Length
Min Rod
Dia.
Max Rod
Dia.
134 + TT
12
12
134 + TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
534 + TT
114
234
534 + TT
112
314
2558
3018
301116
301116
36
4238
4212
4534
4534
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
6,101
9,400
9,401
13,400
13,401
18,300
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
J-Rod
12
58
34
114
112
134
214
212
234
314**
K-Hole Size
1116
1316
1516
114
112
134
238
258
278
318
338
358
114
114
114
112
212
212
412
78
1116
114
158
238
258
278
318
338
358
378
418
14*
14*
38
12
58
34
34
34
34
212
212
212
PH 167
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 81-H Type D
Model R
FOUR HOLES
FOR BOLTS
L
E
F
H
ROD
TAKE - OUT
NOTES: See load travel tables, see page PH-154 through PH-157
for B dimension. For weights see page PH-172.
Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from
that shown.
Angle
Size
Bracket
Hole
Dia.
34
558
2 x 2 x 14
916
6716
78
8116
112 x 112 x 14
34
12716
8916
118
11516
3 x 312 x 14
34
412
1334
91316
138
13
3 x 4 x 38
78
738
171116
1114
158
1458
Hanger
Sizes
1- 9
814
78
618
418
10 - 18
8716
314
12
2916
8516
19 - 34
14716
112
58
358
35 - 49
17116
1116
50 - 63
26316
1516
4x4x
38
138
64 - 74
3534
314
514
22316
11
15
4 x 6 x 12
158
75 - 83
3534
358
434
27316
11
15
4 x 6 x 12
158
Total
Travel
TT
Factors
4 or less
1614
1338
2014
10
151516
412
or more
5 or less
18716
312
111316
512 or more
201516
14316
5 or less
261516
912
1734
31116
1358
1978
6 or less
31916
1012
201316
612 or more
39916
1812
25716
8 or less
45916
1538
27116
812
53916
2338
27116
11 or more
53916
2338
3238
1012 or less
5712
1534
3838
11 or more
63
2114
3812
1012 or less
5712
1534
4114
11 or more
63
2114
4138
512
or more
to 11
Min
Thread
Length
Min Max
Rod Rod
Dia. Dia.
134 + TT
12
12
134 + TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
534 + TT
114
234
534 + TT
112
314
Load
(lbs)
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
J Rod Size
12
58
34
114
*314"
PH 168
134
13,401
18,300
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
214
212
234
314*
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 81-H Type E
Model R
F
H
Constant Supports
M
P
ROD
TAKE - OUT
Y
N
FOUR HOLES
FOR BOLTS
Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-154 through PH-157 for
B dimension. For weights see page PH-172.
Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from
that shown.
Angle
Size
Bkt.
Hole
Dia.
1-9
814
78
618
418
812
58
51516
112 x 112 x 14
916
10 - 18
8716
12
2916
8516
6716 101316
58
81516
112 x 2 x 14
34
19 - 34
14716
58
358
12716
8916
1618
58
11316
112 x 212 x 14
34
35 - 49
17116
1116
412
1334
91316
1958
1316
13516
2 x 2 x 38
78
50 - 63
26316
1516
738
171116
1114
1934
1516
141116
3 x 3 x 38
138
J-Rod
Total
Travel
TT
4 or less
1614
518
412 or more
5 or less
2014
10
71116
18716
712
134
21716
4116
Factors
512 or more
5 or less
261516
712
10
512
31116
10
512
31916
or more
6 or less
338
1158
478
612 or more
8 or less
39916
1158
912
45916
1538
678
812 to 11
53916
2338
678
or more
53916
2338
1214
5312
63
1712
23
1118
5712
63
1712
23
1112
64 - 74
3534
314
514
22316
11
2678
1916
141516
312 x312 x 38
158
1012 or less
11 or more
75 - 83
3534
358
434
27316
11
3178
1916
141516
312 x312 x 38
158
1012 or less
11 or more
1114
9
918
Min
Thread
Length
Min
Rod
Dia.
Max
Rod
Dia.
134 + TT
12
12
134 + TT
12
34
238 + TT
12
114
314 + TT
12
134
414 + TT
34
214
534 + TT
114
234
534 + TT
112
314
0
800
801
1,500
1,501
2,540
2,541
4,000
4,001
6,100
6,101
9,400
9,401
13,400
13,401
18,300
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
J-Rod Size
1 2
5 8
3 4
1 1 4
1 1 2
1 3 4
2 1 4
2 1 2
2 3 4
3 1 4
**
3 1 4
PH 169
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 81-H Type F Upthrust
Model R
Take-Out Factor* A
19 - 34
2.5
50 - 63
1618
3.0
2318
3.5
4.0
2534
4.5
A*
TAKE OUT
35 - 49
2.0
10 -18
B
N
Sizes
T.T.
Q
C
N
2812
1978
5.0
5.5
6.0
H
J
D
K
F DIA.
4 PLACES
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
2712
9.5
10.0
3158
34
Total
Travel
TT
10 - 18
2-6
19 - 34
35 - 49
50 - 63
2-8
212
- 10
3 - 10
PH 170
See
Take
Out
1078
1178
212
1334
1334
13
218
1778
1614
17
2158
1914
1612
458
34
78
2
358
12
14
22716
814
12
1378
14
1714
3158
1212
58
1638
1358
1738
10
13
17
21
3814
1134
19
2534
52
8
10
34
1934
2314
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 81-H, Types A, B C and E
ROD
TAKE OUT
ROD
TAKE OUT
S
M
N
TYPE C
TYPE B
N
M
K HOLE
SIZE
ROD
TAKE
OUT
Constant Supports
R
H
K HOLE SIZE
TYPE A
F FOUR
HOLES
TYPE E
Y
Q
3"
K
Z
1/2"
Type Type
A&B C
7634
84- 94
95- 110
100
28
49
2712
4812
Type Type
A&B C
4934
64
412
412
118
138
Type
Type H K M
A&B
E
&C
14
2834
6 21 24 1012
834
Q X
16 34
13
27
Factors
J-Rod
Total
Travel Type Type Type Min Rod Dia.
Thd
TT
A
B&C
E
Lgth Min Max
912 or
less
4534
5434
2158
10
10 or
more
5512
6412
3138
13
14 or
less
5612
66
1758
12
6538
7478
2658
15
1412
or
more
334
212
334
Load
(lbs)
14,376
18,300
18,301
24,700
24,701
31,000
31,001
39,000
39,001
48,000
48,001
58,000
58,001
69,000
69,001
87,500
J & K-Rods
214
212
234
314
312
334
K-Hole
238
258
278
318
338
358
378
418
412
412
412
278
318
338
358
378
418
438
458
112
134
114
114
T (Type B)
T (Type C)
W
34
34
PH 171
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Fig. 80-V and 81-H
Hanger
Sizes
Types A, B, C, D & E
Fig 81-H
Type G
Types A, B, C, D & E
Type F
Net
Shipping
Net
Net
Shipping
Net
Shipping
1 to 3
18
20
4 to 6
21
23
7 to 9
23
25
10 to 12
62
67
160
52
57
174
179
13 to 15
65
70
166
55
60
177
182
16 to 18
70
75
176
60
65
182
187
19 to 20
163
171
371
150
158
415
423
21 to 23
165
173
375
152
160
417
425
24 to 26
172
180
389
159
167
424
432
27 to 29
180
188
405
167
175
432
440
30 to 32
187
195
419
174
182
439
447
33 to 34
195
203
435
182
190
447
455
35 to 37
300
312
676
280
292
640
652
38 to 40
315
327
706
295
307
655
667
41 to 43
332
344
740
312
324
672
684
44 to 46
343
355
762
323
335
683
695
47 to 49
360
372
796
340
352
700
712
50 to 51
601
661
1,278
511
571
1,181
1,241
52 to 54
626
686
1,328
536
596
1,206
1,266
55 to 57
665
725
1,406
575
635
1,245
1,305
58 to 60
706
766
1,488
616
676
1,286
1,346
61 to 63
745
805
1,566
655
715
1,325
1,385
64 to 65
1,468
1,568
1,225
1,325
66 to 68
1,568
1,668
1,325
1,425
69 to 71
1,653
1,753
1,410
1,510
72 to 74
1,753
1,853
1,520
1,620
75 to 77
2,360
2,460
1,970
2,070
78 to 80
2,430
2,530
2,020
2,120
81 to 83
2,570
2,670
2,180
2,280
84 to 85
2,725
2,845
2,310
2,430
86 to 88
2,870
2,990
2,455
2,575
89 to 90
3,070
3,190
2,655
2,775
91 to 92
3,155
3,275
2,740
2,860
93 to 94
3,255
3,375
2,840
2,960
95 to 98
4,350
4,500
3,925
4,075
99 to 102
4,675
4,825
4,250
4,400
103 to 106
5,300
5,450
4,875
5,025
107 to 110
5,800
5,950
5,350
5,500
PH 172
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
Constant Support
Anvil International
Precision Park
160 Frenchtown Rd.
North Kingstown, RI 02852
Size: Options are: #1 through #110 (Size #1 through #9 available in 81-H only)
Type: Options are: A through G* (Type F Upthrust available in 81-H only, Type G available in 80-V only)
Actual Travel (AT): _________ (inches)
Total Travel (TT)**: _________ (inches)
Direction of Travel: _________ + (up) or (down)
Load: _________ (lbs)
J Dimension (rod diameter): _________ (inches) (Not required for Type F)
Mark Number: ____________________ (if required)
Travel Stops: Are always Included
Lifting Lugs: Yes: _________ No: __________
Available on sizes 10 and larger.
Notes:
* Type G Constants must also include the C-to-C dimension & the load per spring.
** Total Travel = Actual travel + 1" or 20% whichever is greater rounded up to the next one half inch increment.
PH 173
Constant Supports
HORIZONTAL TRAVELER
Fig. 170
Horizontal Traveler
Field
Weld
C
Maximum
Load
Weight
H
Max
3,770
15
2 1 2
1 5 8
5 3 8
2 1 2
1 1 8
1518
6,230
37
3 1 2
2 5 8
7 7 8
3 1 2
1 3 8
1638
1012
1 3 4
1778
8716
3 1 2
1212
2 3 8
1918
1 1 2
9 7 8
3
4
PH 174
11,630
20,700
69
102
3 4
4 5 8
6 7 8
Sway Brace
Installation: Shipped ready for installation (see line cuts of Fig. 297, Fig. 298,
Fig. 302 and Fig. 303 on page PH-177 for typical installed hanger assemblies).
Adjustment: The sway brace should be in the neutral position when the system is
hot and operating, at which time both spring plates should be in contact with the end
plates. If they are not, the sway brace should be adjusted to the neutral position by
use of the load coupling.
Features:
Vibration is dampened with an instantaneous opposing force bringing the pipe
back to normal position.
Ordering: Specify figure, name and sway brace size. The Anvil Fig. 296 and
Fig. 301 consist of the sway brace only. Available corrosion resistant as Fig. C-296
and Fig. C-301.
Preload adjustment Fig. 301: Turn the preload adjustment nut until desired
preload is indicated. Turn thrust nut until it is in contact with the spring plate. Lock in
position. Indicated deflection must be greater than thermal movement.
PRELOAD
ADJ. SCALE
COUPLING
ADJ. NUT
END PLATES
SPRING PLATES
LOCK NUT
THRUST NUT
PH 175
Size selection: The Anvil Vibration Control and Sway Brace gives full
deflection forces from 200 to 7,200 pounds and has initial
precompressed spring forces from 50 to 1,800 pounds to control
vibrations and pipe sway.
The amount of force needed to control piping should be in proportion to
the mass, amplitude of movement, and nature of disturbing forces acting
on the pipe. When it is possible to calculate the exact restraining force
required, the size of the Vibration Control and Sway Brace capable of
providing this force should be selected.
As a general reference, the following sizes have been historically used
for the pipe sizes shown:
2"
Fig. 296
2"
STANDARD
JAM NUT
ROD COUPLING
P
F
SPRING PLATE
EYE
2"
END
PLATE
D
2"
STANDARD
JAM NUT
END
PLATE
EYE
Fig. 301
Fig. 296: Loads Weights (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Sway
Brace
Size
Pipe
Size
1
2
3
112 to 24
4
5
6
6 to 30
Preload
and
Spring
Scale
(lb/in)
Max
Force
(lbs)
Weight
50
200
22
150
600
25
450
1,800
36
900
3,600
64
1,350
5,400
79
1,800
7,200
95
Rod
Size
Fig. 297
A
Eye
Dia.
Hole
D
Thickness
3 4
1358
1
4 1 2
1 1 4
1 1 2
Length
F
1 1 2
1 1 2
6 5 8
1438
1778
1 5 8
1858
8 7 8
6 1 8
9 5 8
1734
22
13
17
22516
1112
1812
2 1 4
2012
231316
6 3 4
1 1 2
251316
13
1 1 4
11316
15
Pipe
Size
1
2
3
112 to 24
Preload
and
Spring
Scale
lb/in
Max
Force
(lbs)
Weight
50
200
23
150
600
26
450
1,800
38
900
3,600
67
1,350
5,400
82
6 to 30
PH 176
1,800
7,200
98
Rod
Size
Fig. 302
A
Eye
D
Dia.
Hole
Thickness
3 4
3 4
1 1 2
1 1 2
6 5 8
2034
51516
25
2418
2838
24516
2958
251316
271316
2414
20
4 1 2
1 1 4
1 1 2
Length
F
6916
3118
3318
9316
7 7 8
91516
1 1 4
13516
12
9 1 4
1 1 2
1312
1512
11316
STUD
ADAPTER
ADJUSTABLE
EXTENSION PIECE
OVERALL LENGTH
STUD
E
OVERALL LENGTH
W
STUD
F
Fig 301
STUD
W
FIELD WELD
REAR BRACKET
3"
STUD
E
EXTENSION
PIECE
3"
FIG. 302
CL
REAR BRACKET
CL
FIG. 298
FIELD WELD
FIG. 296 Body
F
Fig 296
STUD
3"
STUD
E
EXTENSION
PIECE
REAR BRACKET
FIG. 297
CL
FIG. 303
ADAPTER
CL
ADJUSTABLE
EXTENSION PIECE
STUD
OVERALL LENGTH
REAR BRACKET
Size 1 4
Carbon
Size 5 & 6
Carbon
Size 5 & 6
Alloy
1 1 2
4 1 8
5 1 8
2 1 2
5 3 8
5 15 16
3 1 2
6 3 16
6 1 2
8 9 16
1 1 7 16
1 2 1 16
9 9 16
1 2 7 16
1 3 1 16
10
10 5 8
1 3 1 2
1 4 3 8
12
11 5 8
1 4 3 4
1 5 3 8
14
12 11 16
1 5 3 8
16
16
13 11 16
1 6 3 8
18
14 11 16
1 7 3 8
17
18
W
Fig. 297, 302
Min
Max
Min
Max
7 15 16
24
24
9 0 3 16
8 9 16
24
24
8 6 11 16
24
24
7 9 3 16
24
24
20
15 7 8
19
1 9 1 2
8 9 16
24
17 7 8
2 1 5 8
2 2 1 8
9 11 16
30
2 5 1 8
2 5 1 8
5
6
9 13 16
24
2 4 1 8
7 4 13 16
6 1 13 16
4 6 13 16
PH 177
OVERALL LENGTH
3"
Installation: Shipped assembled. Securely fasten bracket to structure, make necessary adjustment in overall length,
and fasten clamp to pipe.
Features:
Effective under either tensile or compressive force.
Provides 31 2 " (Fig. 211) or 2" (Fig. 640) of field adjustment in either direction.
Self-aligning bushings permits 5 misalignment or angular motion. Bushings are coated with a dry lubricant.
Ordering: Specify figure number, assembly size, name, option number, normal pipe size or special O.D., and W dimension.
Alloy pipe clamps are available as a special order. For restraint parallel to the pipe axis using two sway strut assemblies, a riser
clamp is available. If a riser clamp is required, consult the nearest Anvil representative for information about this clamp.
Size
A
Size
B&C
Size
1&2
Size
3
Size
4
Size
5
Size
6
Size
7
Size
8
3 4
2716
2916
1 1 4
21116
1 1 2
4 1 8
5 1 8
6 3 8
6 3 8
2 1 2
5 3 8
51516
8 1 8
3 1 2
6316
6 1 2
7 1 4
7 1 4
8 3 8
7 3 4
7 3 4
7 3 4
9 1 8
8 3 8
8 3 8
8 3 8
10
10
1178
9 3 8
9 3 8
9 3 8
1114
1114
1114
1258
10
1012
1012
1012
1234
1234
1234
1414
1414
1614
12
1178
1178
1378
1378
1378
1538
1538
1714
14
1258
1258
1412
1412
1412
16
1614
18
16
1358
1358
1514
1514
1514
1718
1712
19
18
1458
1458
1638
1638
1638
1814
1812
2014
20
1534
1534
1734
1734
1734
1914
1934
2112
24
1818
1818
1978
1978
1978
2134
2134
24
30
2114
2114
23
23
23
25
25
28
36
24
24
2612
2612
2612
2818
2818
3114
PH 178
9 1 8
10
OPTION 1
T
D1
N
OPTION 2
C-C 312" FOR FIG. 211
C-C 2" FOR FIG. 640
W
(W = C TO C - 2F)
A
F
E
F
REAR BRACKET
(INCLUDES PIVOT PIN)
FIG. 640
ONLY EXTENSION
PIECE
CL
ROD END
(L.H.)
PIPE CLAMP
(INCLUDES STUD)
OPTION 3
Fig. 211, C-211, Fig. 640 & Fig. C-640: Load (lbs) Dimensions (in)
Fig. 211 & Fig. 640
Size
C-C
Load
Rod
End
Ext.
Piece
650
3 4
1,500
1 1 2
4,500
8,000
1 1 4
D1
1 1 4
1 4
5 8
2 3 8
5 8
1 3 8
2 1 2
S
5 8
1 3 8
2 7 8
11,630
2
2
Fig. 211
3 4
1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 2
15,700
1 3 4
3
20,700
3316
3 4
11116
2
3
27,200
2 1 4
33,500
2 1 2
6 1 8
4 1 4
1 1 4
2 1 2
7 7 8
5 3 8
1 3 4
2 3 8
5 3 4
9 1 8
6 1 4
3 1 2
7 1 4
14
8 3 4
2 1 4
4 3 4
3 3 8
4
7
68,200
120,000
Fig. 640
T
0.374
0.372
0.749
0.747
0.749
0.747
0.999
0.997
0.999
0.997
1.249
1.247
1.249
1.247
1.499
1.497
1.749
1.747
1.999
1.997
2.499
2.497
Max
Min
Max
Min
60
1612
5318
9 5 8
9918
1018
108
21
11038
2138
110
2278
10812
C-C
Weld
Z
Max Min
3716
60
1218
21116
4716
14716
31116
41316
1612
4 1 8
1678
4 1 4
1838
2012
5 1 4
22
2334
6 7 8
316
19
11118
1018
1138
516
5 3 4
96
120
25
108
2612
10612
2814
10434
3212
10212
15
8 3 4
5 8
28
3914
98
1714
11
3 4
3434
1014
13
6 3 4
3 8
7 5 8
Loads must not be applied outside a 10 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization.
Fig. 640 shipped at maximum length C-C, field cut to "W" to suit, unless otherwise specified.
PH 179
How to size:
(1) Select size consistent with max. load to be
restrained.
(2) C to C is obtained by subtracting E and A from the
distance from structural steel to center of pipe. Verify
that the calculated C to C in within the min/max limits.
Size
A
3 4
2716
2916
1 1 4
21116
1 1 2
4 1 8
5 1 8
6 3 8
6 3 8
Size
1
2 1 2
5 3 8
51516
3 1 2
6316
6 1 2
7 1 4
7 1 4
7 3 4
7 3 4
7 3 4
8 3 8
8 3 8
8 3 8
9 3 8
9 3 8
9 3 8
10
1012
1012
1012
1178
1178
14
1258
1258
16
1358
1358
18
1458
1458
20
1534
1534
1818
1818
30
2114
36
24
2114
24
12
24
PH 180
Size
B&C
D1
OPTION 1
C-C
R
OPTION 2
C-C
CL
PIVOT MOUNT
REAR BRACKET
(INCLUDES PIVOT PIN)
SIZES
BC-1, BC-2, 1-1 & 1-2
T
PIPE CLAMP
(INCLUDES STUD)
OPTION 3
ROD END
EXTENSION
PIECE
B
&
C
Load
C-C
F
W
Max
Min
Max
Min
A-1
6 5 8
5 3 8
21316
1916
2 5 8
A-2
8 1 2
6 1 2
4 1 4
2 1 4
3116
650
A-3
1314
8 1 2
6 1 4
1 1 2
51316
BC-1
6 1 2
2 7 8
2 3 8
1 1 2
BC-2
7 3 4
6 5 8
3 1 2
2 3 8
2 1 8
81116
7916
31316
21116
2 3 4
101516
81116
41516
21116
3 7 8
BC-5
15716
101516
7316
21116
6 1 8
BC-6
19916
15716
9 1 4
5 1 8
8316
11
8 7 8
31116
21316
21516
12
1058
8 7 8
4916
21316
31316
13
1178
1014
41316
3316
41316
14
1518
1178
6716
3316
6716
15
2158
1518
91116
3316
91116
BC-3
BC-4
4,500
8,000
Rod
End
D1
T
Nom.
3 4
1 1 4
1 4
5 8
5 8
3 8
1316
2 1 2
2 3 8
5 8
1 3 8
1 3 8
3 4
2 1 8
1 1 4
2 1 2
2 7 8
3 4
1916
1 3 8
2 1 4
Loads must not be applied outside a 10 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization.
PH 181
Replacement Strut
T DIA.
T DIA.
F
Min
Max
Min
Max
T
Nominal
Replaces
Fig. 200/201
Fig. 306/307
2316
66
4 5 8
6158
3 8
3116
12916
77
6716
7078
1 2
1K
3 3 8
141316
100
8116
9314
3 4
1 1 2
3K
1558
120
7 5 8
112
2 1 2
10K
4 3 4
1778
120
8 3 8
11012
1 1 4
3 1 4
5 3 4
1978
120
8 3 8
10812
1 1 2
6 1 2
2212
120
9 1 2
107
1 3 4
6 3 8
27
130
1414
11714
1 1 2
35K
10434
120
10
7 5 8
2514
Note: The Fig. 210 has the same load rating as the snubber it replaces
9
PH 182
1 4 K
& 1 2 K
LIMIT STOP
Fig. 1306
Fig. 1307: With Extension Piece
Limit Stop
Features:
Totally passive
Unrestricted thermal movement
Simple installation
Simplified inspection visual
ISO-9001 qualified
Pin-to-pin: up to 120"
Materials: Smaller sizes (up to 10,000 lb. Load) are of stainless steel construction and utilize
internal body threads for adjusting gaps. For larger sizes, carbon steel is used, and the gaps are
adjusted with internal spacer washers. Hard chrome, as well as other platings and coating, are
utilized to meet any environment.
Ordering:
Snubbers & Limit Stops
Fig. 1306 specify: size, stroke, limit stop, compression setting and tension setting
Fig. 1307 specify: size, stroke, limit stop, W dimension, compression setting and tension setting.
Rated
Load
Size
Stroke *
Pin
Dia
Min.
Max.
650
3 8
101 8
141 8
1,500
1 2
121 2
161 2
143 4
193 4
161 2
211 2
155 8
205 8
203 16
263 16
177 8
227 8
197 8
247 8
3,000
6,000
12,500
11
3
5
5
12
15,000
21,000
13
32,000
3 4
1
11 4
14
50,000
27
33
50,000
15
13 4
221 2
271 2
72,000
16
251 4
301 4
3213 16
3813 16
291 2
341 2
120,000
128,000
18
200,000
19
268,000
20
670,000
21
11 2
2 1 2
As Required
PH 183
HYDRAULIC SNUBBER
Fig. 3306
Fig. 3307: With Extension Piece
Hydraulic Snubber
Size Range: Six standard sizes with load ratings from 350 to 50,000 pounds.
Finish: Basic unit is corrosion resistant salt bath nitrided. Attachments are painted
with semi gloss primer, carbo zinc or other.
Fig. 3306
Features:
Temperature compensating valves minimize the effects of temperature on
lockup and bleed
Pressurized reservoirs
Continuous operation at 150 F with brief transients to 350 F
Factory calibrated valves
Rapid, positive valve closure
Special design minimizes the lost motionwhich results from the shifting and
seating of piston seals
Unlocked resisting force is less than 17 1/2 pounds for sizes 1/4 and 1/2 and
less than 2% of rated load for larger sizes
Choice of coating (paint, primer, carbo zinc, epoxy, plating or other) for
attachments.
Applications:
Direct replacement for Fig. 306/307 Pacific Scientific (PSA) mechanical
snubbers: Exact load ratings, exact pin sizes, exact stroke lengths
and exact pin-to-pin dimensions. The cross sectional dimensions of
the Fig. 3306 are based on those of PSA to facilitate non-interference
one-to-one replacement. Pins, clamps, pivot mounts, extension pieces,
and rear brackets used with PSA snubbers are compatible with the
Fig. 3306 and can be utilized.
New installations: For new installations, the Fig. 3306 is available with
a complete line of pipe clamps and rear brackets.
Loads (lbs)
Stroke (in)
Max Load *
1 4
350
1 2
2 1 2
4, 8
5, 10
6, 12
6
1 , 500
6 , 000
1 5 , 000
5 0 , 000
Size
1
3
10
35
650
PH 184
HYDRAULIC SNUBBER
Fig. 3306
Fig. 3307: With Extension Piece
(1) Size: Use table on the previous page to select size large
enough to restrain expected load.
(2) Stroke: Define expected movement of the pivot joining the
snubber with the equipment to be protected (cold to hot
plus any abnormal movements). Determine maximum and
minimum distances between this curve and the fixed pivot
pin of the snubber. The minimum recommended stroke is
20% greater than the difference between these lengths.
Make sure that all normal movement of equipment will be
accommodated without the snubber entering the last 1/4"
(preferably 1/2") of the stroke at either end.
Note: If erected position at the snubbers location on the
equipment is outside of the range of normal cold-to-hot
movement (e.g cold pull of pipe), the snubber should not
be installed until after the equipment is in its cold position.
This eliminates the need of providing for the extra travel in
the snubbers stroke.
(3) Piston position: To aid in measuring the piston position,
we have shown a dimension, Z. This dimension represents the distance between the cylinder head and the end
of the rod when the rod is fully retracted. Whenever specifying the position at which the piston rod is to be set, the
total dimension from the cylinder head to the end of the rod
should be given. Thus, piston setting=piston position +Z.
(4) Assembly length: Determine the installed C dimension
by adding the installed piston position (not setting) to C
minimum. Lay in takeout dimensions E and/or B, and find
required pin-to-pin snubber length. If a pin-to-pin length
adjustment is desired, use Fig. 3307. Calculate the required
W dimension by subtracting (C installed + F) from the
required pin-to-pin length. If this is less than W minimum,
only a Fig. 3306 can be used, and one of the attachments
will have to be moved or shimmed to suit. If a Fig. 3306 is
to be used, make sure that the required pin-to-pin length is
at least as great as (C installed + B). If neither a Fig. 3306
nor a Fig. 3307 can be accommodated, and the installation
cannot be modified, consult your Anvil representative
about designing a special or modified unit.
(5) Installed piston setting: As indicated previously, the
snubber should be installed at its cold piston position if
possible. From the installed position, take extension
(outward movement) of the piston rod as positive (+) and
retraction as negative (-).
Installed piston position =
Ordering: Specify
Fig. No.
Size
Stroke
Load
Cold and hot piston settings
W dimension when specifying Fig. 3307
Pipe clamp size when specifying option 3
Attachment surface coating
Option
Fig. 3306 & 3307 Options
Option
Consists of
Fig 3306: Basic unit (snubber) with pivot mount and one
rear bracket.
Fig. 3307: Basic unit with extension piece and one rear
bracket.
How to size:
Hydraulic Snubber
PH 185
HYDRAULIC SNUBBER
Fig. 3306
Fig. 3307: With Extension Piece
X
A
B
R
PISTON
SETTING
D
Z
X
F
1.00
C
L
OPTION 1
OPTION 2
D1
10
R
S
10
K DIA.
CL
T
OPTION 3
PH 186
HYDRAULIC SNUBBER
Fig. 3306
Fig. 3307: With Extension Piece
14
4.00
12
2.50
4.00
8.00
5.00
10.00
6.00
10
12.00
35
6.00
1.00
1.19
Min
Mid Max
9.0
11.00 13.0
7.5
1.62
1.56
2.12
2.12
3.00
3.06
4.62
3.00
8.75
0.374
0.372
8.25
45.56
8.25
48.56
D1
K
Dia
L
Dia
M
Dia
Q
Ref
R
Max
T
Dia
2.00
1.25
2.94
0.38
38-16
2.25
2.25
1.31
0.25
0.62
1.19
0.63
0.63
10.0
Min
Max
Pin to
Max Pin
61.50
0.19
4.00
1.75
3.00
0.38
38-16
3.25
2.38
1.31
0.38
0.69
2.00
1.00
1.00
0.499
0.497
8.81
43.50
61.50
0.19
N/A
N/A
25.06
0.13
5.00
3.62
4.50
0.72
58-18
4.62
4.62
2.38
0.50
1.44
2.12
1.38
1.38
0.749
0.747
9.31
37.50
61.50
N/A
N/A
32.62
7.00
4.00
5.12
1.00
1-14
5.75
5.75
2.88
1.00
1.62
2.00
1.62
1.38
72.75
2.10
39.16
3.10
9.75
6.50
7.75
1.88 178-12
6.00
4.50
1.25
3.00
2.79
2.00
1.499
10.00 79.75 117.50
1.497
1.48
1.25
Snubber Size
14
3 4
&
12
2716
Snubber Size
10
35
14
&
12
316 x 1
316 x 1
2916
316 x 1
1 1 4
21116
1 4 x 1 1 4
4 1 8
1 1 2
1 4 x 1 1 4
2
5 1 8
1
3
1 4 x 1 1 4
3 8 x 1 3 4
7
7
7
2 2
5 8
1 4 x 1 1 4
3 8 x 1 3 4
3
7
7
51516
8 1 8
1
3
1
1
1
3 8 x 1 3 4
7
7
3 2
6 16
8 8
4 x 1 4
1
1
1
3
5
1
4
6 2
7 4
7 4
8 8
16 x 2
2 x 1 1 2
3
3
3
1
5
1
5
7 4
7 4
7 4
9 8
16 x 2
2 x 1 1 2
3
3
3
5
1 2 x 2
10
6
8 8
8 8
16 x 2
8 8
1 2 x 2 1 2
516 x 2
8
9 3 8
9 3 8
1114
1258
9 3 8
5 8 x 2 1 2
516 x 2
10
1012
1012
1012
1234
1414
5 8 x 2 1 2
12
1178
1178
1378
1538
5 8 x 2 1 2
14
16
1258
1258
1412
5 8 x 3
16
1358
1514
1718
1358
3 4 x 3
18
1458
1458
1638
1814
3 4 x 3
20
1534
1534
1734
1914
3 4 x 4
24
1818
1978
2134
1818
3 4 x 4
30
23
25
2114
2114
1
1
3 4 x 5
36
24
24
26 2
28 8
* Intermediate sizes between 20 and 36 are available and will have the take out and stock of the next larger size.
1
10
35
1x7
x 2 1 2
x 2 1 2
1 2 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 3
3 4 x 3
3 4 x 4
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 6
3 4 x 7
x 2 1 2
x 2 1 2
5 8 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 2 1 2
3 4 x 3
3 4 x 4
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 6
1x5
1x5
1x5
1x6
1x7
1x7
1x7
1x7
1 2
5 8
1 2
5 8
1 1 4 x 6
1 1 4 x 6
1 1 4 x 7
1 1 4 x 8
1 1 4 x 9
1 1 2 x 8
1 1 2 x 9
112 x 10
112 x 10
PH 187
Snubber
Stroke
Size
HYDRAULIC SNUBBER
Fig. 200, Fig. C-200
Fig. 201, Fig. C-201: With Extension Piece
Hydraulic Snubber
Size Range: Seven standard sizes with cylinder bores of 112" to 8" and
with normal load ratings from 3,000 pounds to 128,000 pounds. All are
available with 5", 10", 15", or 20" strokes except the 112" size which is
offered with 5" and 10" strokes only. Snubbers are available with integral or
remote reservoirs.
Features:
Choice of valve type
Adjustable permits field adjustments
Temperature compensating minimizes the
effects of temperature on lockup and bleed
Choice of coating
(paint, primer, carbo zinc, epoxy, plating or other)
Loads (lbs)
Cylinder Size
(in)
Max Load *
1 1 2 ( 5 " st r o ke)
3,000
1 1 2 ( 1 0 " st r o ke)
1,250
12,500
2 1 2 ( 2 0 " st r o ke)
10,500
3 1 4
21,000
4
5
6
8
32,000
50,000
72,000
128,000
PH 188
HYDRAULIC SNUBBER
Fig. 200, Fig. 201
Upgrade Kits: Kits are available to upgrade existing snubbers with
How to size:
Reservoir Orientation
O=Does not apply for pressurized or remote
U=Rod up
D=Rod down or horizontal
Reservoir Type
L=Transparent (Polycarbonate)
M=Metal (limited applications)
P=Pressurized
R=Remote
Valve Type
A=Adjustable
T=Temperature Compensating
Option (0,1,2, or 3), See Option Table Below
Stroke (5, 10, 15, 20)
Cylinder Size:
1 (112 Cyl.)
2 (212 Cyl.)
3 (314 Cyl.)
4 (4Cyl.)
5 (5Cyl.)
6 (6Cyl.)
8 (8 Cyl.)
Figure No. (200 or 201), Also Specify:
W Dimension when Specifying Fig 201
Pipe Clamp Size when Specifying Option 3
Surface Coating
Cold and Hot Piston Settings.
2
To aid in measuring the piston position, we have shown a
dimension, Z. This dimension represents the distance
between the cylinder head and the end of the rod when the
rod is fully retracted. Whenever specifying the position at
which the piston rod is to be set, the total dimension from
the cylinder head to the end of the rod should be given.
Thus, Piston Setting = Piston Position + Z.
(5) Assembly length: Determine the installed C dimension by
adding the installed piston position (not setting) to C minimum. Lay in take out dimensions E and/or B, and find
required pin-to-pin snubber length. If a pin-to-pin length
adjustment is desired, use Fig. 201. Calculate the required
W dimension by subtracting (C installed + F) from the
required pin-to-pin length. If this is less than W minimum,
only a Fig. 200 can be used, and one of the attachments
will have to be moved or shimmed to suit. If a Fig. 200 is to
be used, make sure that the required pin-to-pin length is at
least as great as (C installed + B). If neither a Fig. 200 nor a
Fig. 201 can be accommodated, and the installation cannot
be modified, consult your Anvil representative about
designing a special or modified unit.
Consists of
Fig 200: Basic unit ( snubber) with pivot mount and one
rear bracket.
Fig. 201: Basic unit with extension piece and one rear
bracket.
PH 189
XXX X X X X X X X
HYDRAULIC SNUBBER
Fig. 200, Fig. 201
VENT
PORT
K
A
B
R
I
X
PISTON
SETTING
FIG. 200
HYDRAULIC SHOCK & SWAY
SUPPRESSOR
SIZE COLD P.S.
STROKE HOT P.S.
SERIAL NO.
CUSTOMERS MARK NO
U.S. PATENT NO 3106992
SECTION X-X
31/2"
T
FIG. 200
HYDRAULIC SHOCK & SWAY
SUPPRESSOR
SIZE
COLD P.S.
STROKE
HOT P.S.
SERIAL NO.
CUSTOMERS MARK NO
U.S. PATENT NO 3106992
OPTION 1
N
A
NOTE:
D1
10
CYLINDER EYE
MAY BE ROTATED
TO ANY POSITION
OPTION 2
T
10
CL
OPTION 3
PH 190
HYDRAULIC SNUBBER
Fig. 200, Fig. 201
Fig.
200 A
Bore Stroke Wgt.
1 1 2
2 1 2
3 1 4
45
10
49
2 1 2 1 5 8
75
10
81
15
87
2 1 2 2 1 4
20
93
121
1478
10
132
1738
2478
3238
3978
146
20
156
177
10
189
15
206
20
223
3 3 4
3358
4118
235
10
256
15
277
20
298
292
10
320
2434
2934
3434
15
348
2934
3714
4434
20
375
515
575
2812
15
640
20
705
4 1 2
28
33
5 3 4 5 1 2
7 1 4
3312
3512
43
D1
2 3 8
3 4
5818
41316
4 3 4
2 3 4 2 1 4
5 8
2 1 8 1 1 8
3 4
Min Max
9 1 2
43
278 7316
7 8
7814
6 1 4
5 1 8
3 1 4 1 3 4
3 4
1 5 8
1 3 8
1038
3812
41
4812
6558
5 8
6 7 8
5 3 4
84916
74916
64916
92
N/A
6 3 4
3 3 4 2 1 4
3 4
N/A
82
1 1 8
72
62
89916
7 1 8
71316
2 1 2 1 1 4 3 3 8 2 1 2
112 1112
79916
69916
N/A
59916
9516
761316
1 1 8
861316
778 538 10316 178 17812
8 1 2
53
3312
7558
94916
5 3 4
1978
15
10
4 3 4 3 1 4 1 3 4
12
661316
1 7 8
561316
N/A
831516
918 614 11516 214 214 - 12 9116
7 5 8
101516
5 1 4 3 7 8
4 5 8 3 1 2
2 3 4
1338
731516
631516
1 3 4
531516
N/A
7512
14 834 1412
312
1212
4 7 8 4 7 8 2 1 4 6 3 4 4 3 4
not available
212 1412
6512
5512
2 1 4
4512
E-Take Out
Cylinder Bore
Cylinder Bore
112
212
314
112
6
7
7
7
6 3 8
7 1 4
7 3 4
8 3 8
9 3 8
1012
1178
1258
1358
1458
1534
1818
2114
24
9 1 8
10
10
10
1114
1234
1378
1412
1514
1638
1734
1978
23
1114
1234
1378
1412
1514
1638
1734
1978
23
3 8 x 1 3 4
7 1 4
7 3 4
8 3 8
9 3 8
1012
1178
1258
1358
1458
1534
1818
2114
24
2612
2612
7
7
7
1178
1258
1414
1538
16
1718
1814
1914
2134
25
1914
2134
25
2818
2818
3 8 x 1 3 4
3 8 x 1 3 4
3 8 x 1 3 4
1 2
x 1 1 2
x 1 1 2
1 2 x 2
1 2 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 3
3 4 x 3
3 4 x 3
3 4 x 4
3 4 x 4
3 4 x 5
1 2
212
1 2
314
1x5
1x6
1x7
1x7
2 1 2
x
x 2 1 2
1 2 x 2 1 2
1 2 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 2 1 2
5 8 x 3
3 4 x 3
3 4 x 4
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 6
1x5
1x5
1x5
1x6
1x7
1 2
3 4
3 4
3 4
3 4
x3
x4
3 4 x 5
3 4 x 6
1x5
1x5
1x5
1x6
1x7
1x7
1 1 4 x 6
1 1 4 x 6
x5
x5
1x5
1x5
1x6
1x7
1x7
1x7
1 1 4 x 6
1 1 4 x 6
1 1 4 x 8
1 1 4 x 9
1 1 4 x 6
1 1 4 x 6
1 1 4 x 7
1 1 4 x 8
1 1 4 x 9
1 1 2 x 8
112 x 10
1 1 2 x 8
1 1 2 x 9
134 x 10
134 x 10
PH 191
Cylinder
Tapered Pin
How to size: Select size consistent with load pin diameter for Fig. 200/201 or Fig. 306/307.
Features:
Designed to sharply reduce the time necessary to remove a badly corroded conventional
pin and may also eliminate damage to the bushing and bracket assembly, particularly if
the pin and bracket are corroded.
L (REF)
T
(NOMINAL)
Nominal
Dia. T
Max Load
3 8
650
1 2
1,500
3 4
6,000
1
11 4
11 2
13 4
2
15,000
21,000
50,000
50,000
72,000
128,000
3 7 8
43 8
41 2
71 8
63 4
73 4
93 8
2 1 2
Fig. 200/201
PH 192
L
16164
3 8
Fig. 306/307
14
&12
1
112
2 1 2
10
35
100
314
4
5
6
8
Half Clamp
CL
This product is a special design per customer requirements. Contact Anvil Intl.
for further information and how to order sizes not shown.
Local pipe wall stress should be evaluated.
Hole Diam. H
Fig. 53 SD
T - Thickness
212
3
34
7516
7716
H
Hole Dia.
1516
12
312
112
1116
58
34
5
6
7
2
212
3
312
712
78
4
6
7916
8
1
7716
10
7516
114
12
718
112
* Based on maximum 4" insulation.
138
112
134
Fig. 71 SD
This product is a special design per customer requirements. Contact Anvil Intl.
for further information and how to order.
The Anvil Fig. 71 horizontal traveler facilitates the supporting of piping systems
subject to linear horizontal movements were head room is limited. Designed
for use with Anvil Variable Spring Hangers or Constant Supports it can also be
used in conjunction with a rigid type hanger assembly.
PH 193
C
Rod Take Out
Rod Size
A
Size
Fig. 75 SD
CL OF PIPE
Fig. 76 SD
1614
101316
0
1
2
2716
114
11116
234
31516
5
6116
CL
OF PIPE
4316
PH 194
3478
3734
40916
4338
8316
60,000
281516
3078
3118
32
1358
81316
91516
101516
11716
1278
1314
14516
1578
1612
1758
60,000
2314
26
30
36
42
46
46
48
54
60
66
72
3 1 2
Size
FILLED TEFLON
ON BOTTOM OF SLIDE
STAINLESS STEEL
FACING ON BASE
Riser Clamp
CL
PIPE
SPACER
Service: Riser clamps are used for the support of vertical piping.
BOLT DIAM B.
LENGTH "F"
Load is carried by shear lugs which are welded to the pipe. Shear
lugs not provided.
C to C
A*
A*
PH 195
Fig. 40 SD
Ordering: Specify Fig. 41SD double bolt pipe clamp, material specification, pipe
Fig. 41 SD
BOLT DIA.
AND LENGTH F
CL
Fig. 42 SD
BOLT/STUD
DIAMETER
CL
PH 196
66
80 V
TYPE B
80V TYPE A
140, 146
C-C
(NEEDED)
290
140, 146
290
40
80V TYPE D
55L
291
80V TYPE E
140, 146
140, 146
224, 246
290
290
66
290
140, 146
66
66
290
290
140, 146
140, 146
81-H TYPE A
81-H TYPE A
140, 146
C-C
(NEEDED)
137 S
80 V TYPE G
160-166A
140, 146
290
290
224, 246
60
Fig_80V_Type_G .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
Each of these drawings are available on the Anvil web site in CAD format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that CAD file.
PH 197
Application Examples
80 V
TYPE C
66
66
55 LUG
291
81-H TYPE C
81-H TYPE B
81-H TYPE B
140, 146
140, 146
140, 146
299
290
290
ELBOW
Fig_81H_Type_B_295 .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
81-H TYPE D
140, 146
299
53-SD WELD LUG
81 H
TYPE F
ELBOW
Fig_81H_Type_D .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
Each of these drawings are available on the Anvil web site in CAD format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that CAD file.
PH 198
66
66
290
290
140, 146
82, 268, 98
TYPE A
140, 146
290
212, 216
140, 146
140, 146
82, 268, 98
TYPE A
82, 268, 98
TYPE A
140, 146
140, 146
290
290
60
140, 146
66
290
140, 146
66
82, 268, 98
TYPE A
290
C-C
(NEEDED)
140, 146
82, 268,
98 TYPE A
82, 268, 98
TYPE A
140, 146
140, 146
299
53-SD WELD LUG
299
140, 146
40
66
82, 268, 98
TYPE B
140, 146
290
ELBOW
SH_Type_A_53SD_60 .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
55L
66
291
82, 268, 98
TYPE B
82, 268, 98
TYPE C
140, 146
299
140, 146
290
212, 216
ELBOW
SH_Type_B_295 .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
Each of these drawings are available on the Anvil web site in CAD format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that CAD file.
PH 199
Application Examples
ELBOW
55L
55L
82, 268, 98
TYPE D
82, 268, 98
TYPE D
140, 146
140, 146
291
82, 268, 98
TYPE C
82, 268, 98
TYPE C
140, 146
140, 146
299
290
299
290
ELBOW
SH_Type_C_295 .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
ELBOW
SH_Type_D_295 .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
82, 268, 98
TYPE E
PIPE STANCHION
63
PIPE SLIDE
140, 146
82, 268, 98
TYPE F
82, 268, 98
TYPE F, WITH
PIPE ROLLER
82, 268, 98
TYPE F
290
295, 295A, 295H
ELBOW
66
66
290
290
PIPE STANCHION
62
C-C
(NEEDED)
C-C
(NEEDED)
140, 146
137 S
140, 146
160-166A
82, 268, 98
TYPE F
82, 268, 98
TYPE G
82, 268, 98
TYPE G
60
SH_Type_F_62 .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
Each of these drawings are available on the Anvil web site in CAD format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that CAD file.
PH 200
66
290
66
290
C-C
(NEEDED)
66
290
FIG. 230 TURNBUCKLE
AND FIG. 253 ROD
MAY BE ADDED FOR
VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT
66
290
253
253
230
230
140, 146
140, 146
140,
146
290
212, 216
140
299
290
290
ELBOW
40
RH_212_290_140_66.DWG,
.DXF, or .EPS
60
66
55 LUG
299
140, 146
140, 146
290
290
55 LUG
299
140, 146
140, 146
212, 216
290
295, 295A, 295H
212, 216
260
66
290
C-C
(NEEDED)
140, 146
45 BACK/BACK CHANNEL
SIZED BY CUSTOMERS
TO MEET LOAD REQ.
230
137S
140, 146
C-C
(NEEDED)
137S
ALTERNATE
ORIENTATION
OF 137S/PIPE
140, 146
60
RH_45_137S_66_Trapeze .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
45 BACK/BACK CHANNEL
SIZED BY CUSTOMERS
TO MEET LOAD REQ.
ALTERNATE
ORIENTATION
OF 137S/PIPE
60
RH_45_137S_60_Trapeze .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
Each of these drawings are available on the Anvil web site in CAD format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that CAD file.
PH 201
Application Examples
60
218
218
218
157
157
157
140, 146
140, 146
140, 146
92, 93
140, 146
181
65, 260
167
228, 292
228, 292
228, 292
218
157
HOT SERVICE
UP TO 4" INSULATION
140, 146
140, 146
140, 146
290
290
140, 146
212, 216
260
69, CT-69, 70
60
86
66
290
92, 93, 94
HOT SERVICE
UP TO 4" INSULATION
140, 146
140, 146
140, 146
140, 146
290
290
69, CT-69, 70
Each of these drawings are available on the Anvil web site in CAD format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that CAD file.
PH 202
66
290
MEDIUM SERVICE
MAX. SERVICE TEMP.
650 FOR PIPE CLAMP
140, 146
140, 146
140, 146
290
65, 260
212, 216
260
167
RH_167_65_60.DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
140, 146
140, 146
140, 146
65, 260
69, CT-69, 70
167, SEE
SELECTION CHART
RH_167_65_281_CI .DWG, .DXF, or .EPS
140, 146
140, 146
140, 146
181
65, CT-65, 260
69, CT-69, 70
167
Each of these drawings are available on the Anvil web site in CAD format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that CAD file.
PH 203
Application Examples
140, 146
160 (1" INSULATION)
161 (112" INSULATION)
162 (2" INSULATION)
163 (212" INSULATION)
164 (3" INSULATION)
165 (4" INSULATION)
140, 146
271
171
171
140, 146
175
177
271
Each of these drawings are available on the Anvil web site in CAD format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that CAD file.
PH 204
TECHNICAL DATA
A Typical Pipe Hanger Specification
1.SCOPE
This specification shall apply for the design and fabrication of all
hangers, supports, anchors, and guides. Where piping design is
such that exceptions to this specification are necessary, the
particular system will be identified, and the exceptions clearly listed
through an addendum which will be made a part of the specification.
2.DESIGN
(i)
(j)
PH 205
Technical Data
TECHNICAL DATA
A Typical Pipe Hanger Specification
(p) Selection of vibration control devices shall not be part of the
standard hanger contract. If vibration is encountered after
the piping system is in operation, appropriate vibration
control equipment shall be installed.
(q) Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only (see
Table III). At hanger locations where lateral or axial
movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided
to permit swing.
(r)
(t)
PH 206
(cont.)
force subsides. The suppressor shall have a hard surfaced,
corrosion resistant piston rod supported by a rod bushings
and shall be designed so that it is capable of exerting the
required force in tension and compression, utilizing the
distance.
(y) Paint - Variable Spring and Constant Support units will be
furnished painted with Stewart Bros. Green Semi-Gloss
Primer (#10947). All other material will receive one shop
coat of a red chromate primer meeting the requirements of
Federal Specification TT-P-636.
For corrosive conditions hangers will be galvanized or
painted with carbo-zinc #11.
(z) All threads are UNC unless otherwise specified.
TECHNICAL DATA
A Typical Pipe Hanger Specification
(cont.)
Table 1: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Pipe Supports for Standard Weight Steel Pipe*
Nominal Pipe Size (in)
.
24
30
10 11 12 13 14 16 17 19 22 23 25 27 28 30
32
33
9 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 9 2 1 2 4 2 6 3 0 3 2 3 5 3 7 39
42
34
34
1 1
212
10 12 14 16 18 20
12
12
3 8
12
5 8
1 2
7 8
3 4
1 1 4 1 1 2 1 1 2
or t r apeze
The above spacing and capacities are based on pipe filled with water. Additional valves and fittings increase the load and
therefore closer hanger spacing is required.
* Many codes and specifications state "pipe hangers must be spaced every 10ft. regardless of size." This local specification must be followed.
34
114
112
212
312
10
11
12
10
11
13
14
15
16
Note: Spans shown in Tables 1 and 2 do not apply where there are concentrated loads between supports or where temperatures exceed 750F.
Threads
per Inch
Root Area of
Coarse Thread (in2)
3 8
16
0.068
730
5 72
1 2
13
0.126
1,350
1 , 0 57
5 8
11
0.202
2,160
1 , 6 92
3 4
10
0.302
3,230
2 , 5 30
3 , 5 08
7 8
0.419
4,480
0.552
5,900
4 , 6 20
1 1 4
0.889
9,500
7 , 4 40
1 1 2
1.293
13,800
1 0 , 807
1 3 4
1.744
18,600
1 4 , 5 66
4 1 2
2.292
24,600
1 9 , 265
2 1 4
4 1 2
3.021
32,300
2 5 , 295
2 1 2
3.716
39,800
3 1 , 169
2 3 4
4.619
49,400
3 8 , 687
5.621
60,100
4 7 , 066
3 1 4
8 UN
6.720
71,900
5 6 , 307
3 1 2
8 UN
7.918
84,700
6 6 , 3 31
3 3 4
8 UN
9.214
98,500
7 7 , 139
8 UN
10.608
113,400
8 8 , 807
4 1 4
8 UN
12.100
129,400
1 0 1 , 337
4 1 2
8 UN
13.690
146,600
1 1 4 , 807
4 3 4
8 UN
15.379
164,700
1 2 8 , 982
8 UN
17.165
184,000
1 4 4 , 0 96
Standard UNC thread thru 3" diameter and 8-UN-2A thread series for
3 1 4"
PH 207
Technical Data
TECHNICAL DATA
Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material
Temp
F
-200
-100
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
1,100
1,200
1,300
1,400
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
-0.0180
-0.0121
-0.0051
-0.0051
0.0023
0.0099
0.0182
0.0270
0.0362
0.0460
0.0563
0.0670
0.0781
0.0889
0.1004
0.1110
0.1222
0.1334
-0.0187
-0.0127
-0.0058
-0.0044
0.0030
0.0107
0.0191
0.0279
0.0372
0.0470
0.0574
0.0681
0.0792
0.0901
0.1015
0.1121
0.1233
-0.0192
-0.0133
-0.0065
-0.0037
0.0038
0.0116
0.0200
0.0288
0.0382
0.0481
0.0584
0.0692
0.0803
0.0912
0.1025
0.1132
0.1244
-0.0198
-0.0140
-0.0073
-0.0029
0.0046
0.0124
0.0208
0.0298
0.0391
0.0491
0.0595
0.0703
0.0813
0.0924
0.1036
0.1144
0.1256
-0.0203
-0.0146
-0.0080
-0.0022
0.0053
0.0132
0.0217
0.0307
0.0401
0.0501
0.0606
0.0714
0.0824
0.0935
0.1046
0.1155
0.1267
-0.0209
-0.0152
-0.0087
-0.0015
0.0061
0.0141
0.0226
0.0316
0.0411
0.0512
0.0617
0.0726
0.0835
0.0946
0.1057
0.1166
0.1278
-0.0215
-0.0158
-0.0096
-0.0007
0.0068
0.0149
0.0235
0.0325
0.0421
0.0522
0.0627
0.0737
0.0846
0.0958
0.1068
0.1177
0.1299
-0.0220
-0.0163
-0.0103
0
0.0076
0.0157
0.0244
0.0334
0.0431
0.0532
0.0638
0.0748
0.0857
0.0970
0.1078
0.1188
0.1320
-0.0225
-0.0169
-0.0109
0.0008
0.0084
0.0165
0.0252
0.0344
0.0440
0.0542
0.0649
0.0759
0.0867
0.0981
0.1089
0.1200
0.1342
- 0.0230
- 0.0174
- 0.0116
0.0015
0.0091
0.0174
0.0261
0.0353
0.0450
0.0553
0.0659
0.0770
0.0878
0.0993
0.1099
0.1211
0.1363
70
80
10
20
30
40
50
60
-200
-0.0281
-0.0295
-0.0305
-0.0314
-0.0324
-0.0334
-0.0343
-0.0353
-0.0362
-100
-0.0187
-0.0197
-0.0207
-0.0216
-0.0226
-0.0236
-0.0245
-0.0254
-0.0263
0
-0.0078
-0.0089
-0.0100
-0.0112
-0.0123
-0.0134
-0.0145
-0.0155
-0.0166
0
-0.0078
-0.0067
-0.0056
-0.0044
-0.0033
-0.0022
-0.0011
0
0.0012
100
0.0034
0.0045
0.0056
0.0068
0.0079
0.0090
0.0101
0.0112
0.0124
200
0.0146
0.0158
0.0169
0.0181
0.0192
0.0203
0.0215
0.0227
0.0238
300
0.0261
0.0273
0.0285
0.0297
0.0309
0.0321
0.0332
0.0344
0.0356
400
0.0380
0.0392
0.0404
0.0416
0.0428
0.0440
0.0453
0.0465
0.0477
500
0.0501
0.0513
0.0526
0.0538
0.0550
0.0562
0.0575
0.0587
0.0599
600
0.0624
0.0637
0.0649
0.0662
0.0674
0.0687
0.0700
0.0712
0.0725
700
0.0750
0.0763
0.0776
0.0789
0.0802
0.0815
0.0828
0.0841
0.0854
800
0.0880
0.0893
0.0906
0.0920
0.0933
0.0946
0.0959
0.0972
0.0986
900
0.1012
0.1260
0.1039
0.1053
0.1066
0.1080
0.1094
0.1107
0.1121
1,000
0.1148
0.1162
0.1175
0.1189
0.1202
0.1216
0.1229
0.1243
0.1257
1,100
0.1284
0.1298
0.1311
0.1325
0.1338
0.1352
0.1366
0.1379
0.1393
1,200
0.1420
0.1434
0.1447
0.1461
0.1474
0.1488
0.1502
0.1515
0.1529
1,300
0.1556
0.1570
0.1583
0.1597
0.1610
0.1624
0.1638
0.1651
0.1665
1,400
0.1692
0.1704
0.1717
0.1731
0.1744
0.1757
0.1771
0.1784
0.1796
N ot e: Intersect 10 Deg r e e in c r e m e n t s a c r o s s t h e t o p o f each t ab l e w i t h t h e 1 0 0 d eg r ee i n cr em en t s d o w n t h e l ef t si d e
dete rmine the coefficien t o f t h e r m a l e x p a n s io n f o r t h e d esi r ed t em p er at u r e.
PH 208
90
- 0.0372
- 0.0272
- 0.0176
0.0023
0.0135
0.0250
0.0368
0.0489
0.0612
0.0737
0.0867
0.0999
0.1134
0.1270
0.1406
0.1542
0.1678
0.1811
to
TECHNICAL DATA
Beam Dimensions
4
5
4.1
138
5.0
112
6.0
158
5.4
158
7.25
134
6.7
134
9.0
178
8.2
6
13.0
218
9.8
218
12.25
214
14.75
214
11.5
214
13.75
238
18.75
212
13.4
238
15.0
212
10
258
20.0
234
25.0
30.0
20.7
12
25.0
30.0
33.9
15
18
0.313
5
0.313
6
0.375
0.375
278
7
8
10
12
0.438
15
0.438
18
20
3
3
0.500
20.3
318
338
40.0
312
50.0
334
42.7
45.8
51.9
418
58.0
414
0.625
24
238
7.5
212
7.7
258
9.5
234
10.0
14.75
314
12.5
338
17.25
358
15.3
358
20.0
378
18.4
23.0
418
25.4
458
35.0
35.0
5
5
518
40.8
514
50.0
512
42.9
512
50.0
558
54.7
70.0
66.0
75.0
614
614
638
86.0
96.0
714
80.0
90.0
718
100.0
0.625
Flange
Width
5.7
31.8
0.375
258
15.3
3
4
178
10.5
20.0
0.250
S Shapes
Depth of Weight
Section per Ft.,
lb.
Y
W Shapes
W Shapes
Mean
Thick of
Flange
Z
0.250
0.313
0.313
0.375
0.375
0.438
0.500
0.625
0.688
0.813
0.938
12
14
0.330
1458
0.940
0.400
132
1434
1.030
0.400
36
0.430
612
0.465
40
0.505
0.435
45
0.565
50
7 1 8
0.63
57
7 1 8
0.715
67
1014
0.665
77
1014
0.760
89
1038
0.875
100
1038
0.985
50
7 1 2
0.570
55
7 1 2
0.630
60
7 1 2
0.695
65
7 5 8
0.750
71
7 5 8
0.810
18
21
514
24
612
28
31
35
40
818
0.560
48
818
0.685
58
814
67
814
0.935
22
534
0.360
534
Depth of Weight
Section per Ft.,
lb.
Y
14
0.495
16
0.810
0.440
534
0.510
0.435
39
0.530
45
0.620
49
10
0.560
76
11
0.680
54
10
0.615
86
1118
0.770
0.680
97
1118
0.870
0.770
106
1114
0.940
0.870
62
8 1 4
0.615
68
8 1 4
0.685
73
8 1 4
0.740
83
8 3 8
0.835
93
8 3 8
0.930
101
1214
0.800
111
1238
0.875
122
1238
0.960
76
0.680
84
0.770
94
9 1 8
0.875
104
1234
0.750
117
1234
0.850
131
1278
0.960
94
10
0.745
102
10
0.830
114
1018
0.930
60
1018
68
1018
77
1014
88
1014
26
612
30
612
35
612
0.520
0.515
45
714
0.860
120
0.455
514
40
0.875
0.780
25
33
10
1458
1458
0.430
618
30
0.688
99
109
26
0.563
Mean
Thick of
Flange
Z
19
Depth of Weight
Section per Ft.,
lb.
Y
5
Flange
Width
Flange
Width
Mean
Thick of
Flange
Z
18
0.990
0.380
0.440
21
0.575
50
818
0.640
53
10
0.575
58
10
0.640
65
12
0.605
72
12
0.670
79
1218
0.735
87
1218
0.810
96
1218
0.900
106
1214
0.990
30
634
0.385
146
14
0.975
34
634
0.455
108
1012
0.760
38
634
0.515
116
1012
0.850
43
0.530
124
1012
0.930
48
0.595
132
1012
1.000
53
0.660
118
1112
0.740
61
10
0.645
130
1112
0.855
68
10
0.720
141
1112
0.960
74
1018
0.785
135
12
0.790
82
1018
0.855
150
12
0.940
90
1412
0.710
160
12
1.020
24
27
30
33
36
PH 209
Technical Data
TECHNICAL DATA
Steel Pipe Data
Schedule No 40 & 80
Pipe Size
O.D.
3 8
0.675
1 2
0.840
3 4
1.050
1.315
1 1 4
1.660
1 1 2
1.900
2.375
2 1 2
2.875
3.500
3 1 2
4.000
4.500
5.563
6.625
8.625
10
10.750
12
12.75
14
14.000
16
16.000
18
18.000
20
20.000
Schedule No.
Wall
Thick.
Weight.
per Foot
(lbs)
Weight of
Water
per Foot (lbs)
40
0.091
0.567
0.083
80
0.126
0.738
0.061
40
0.109
0.850
0.132
80
0.147
1.087
0.101
40
0.113
1.130
0.230
80
0.154
1.473
0.186
40
0.133
1.678
0.374
80
0.179
2.171
0.311
40
0.140
2.272
0.647
80
0.191
2.996
0.555
40
0.145
2.717
0.882
80
0.200
3.631
0.765
40
0.154
3.652
1.452
80
0.218
5.022
1.279
40
0.203
5.790
2.072
80
0.276
7.660
1.834
40
0.216
7.570
3.200
80
0.300
10.250
2.860
40
0.226
9.110
4.280
80
0.318
12.510
3.850
40
0.237
10.790
5.510
80
0.337
14.980
4.980
40
0.258
14.620
8.660
80
0.375
20.780
7.870
40
0.280
18.970
12.510
80
0.432
28.570
11.290
40
0.322
28.550
21.600
80
0.500
43.390
19.800
40
0.365
40.480
34.100
80
0.593
64.400
31.100
40
0.406
53.600
48.500
80
0.687
88.600
44.000
40
0.437
63.000
58.500
80
0.750
107.000
5 1.200
40
0.500
83.000
76.500
80
0.843
137.000
6 9.700
40
0.563
105.000
9 7.200
80
0.937
171.000
8 8.500
40
0.593
123.000
1 20.400
80
1.031
209.000
1 09.400
40
0.687
171.000
1 74.200
80
1.218
297.000
1 58.200
24
24.000
30
30.000
20
0.500
158.000
2 86.000
36
36.000
API
0.500
190.000
4 17.000
PH 210
TECHNICAL DATA
Copper Tube Data
Type L
Tube
Size
O.D.
Tubing
O.D.
Wall
Thick.
Weight
per Foot (lbs)
Weight of
Water
per Foot (lbs)
1 4
3 8
0.375
0.030
0.126
0.034
3 8
1 2
0.500
0.035
0.198
0.062
1 2
5 8
0.625
0.040
0.285
0.100
5 8
3 4
0.750
0.042
0.362
0.151
3 4
7 8
0.875
0.045
0.455
0.209
1 1 8
1.125
0.050
0.655
0.357
1 1 4
1 3 8
1.375
0.055
0.884
0.546
1 1 2
1 5 8
1.625
0.060
1.140
0.767
2 1 8
2.125
0.070
1.750
1.341
2 1 2
2 5 8
2.625
0.080
2.480
2.064
3 1 8
3.125
0.090
3.330
2.949
3 1 2
3 5 8
3.625
0.100
4.290
3.989
4 1 8
4.125
0.110
5.380
5.188
5 1 8
5.125
0.125
7.610
8.081
6 1 8
6.125
0.140
10.200
11.616
8 1 8
8.125
0.200
19.290
20.289
10
1 0 1 8
10.125
0.250
30.100
31.590
12
1 2 1 8
12.125
0.280
40.400
45.426
Tube
Size
O.D.
Tubing
O.D.
Wall
Thick.
Weight
per Foot (lbs)
Weight of
Water
per Foot (lbs)
1 4
3 8
0.375
0.035
0.145
0.032
3 8
1 2
0.500
0.049
0.269
0.055
1 2
5 8
0.625
0.049
0.344
0.094
5 8
3 4
0.750
0.049
0.418
0.144
3 4
7 8
0.875
0.065
0.641
0.188
1 1 8
1.125
0.065
0.839
0.337
1 1 4
1 3 8
1.375
0.065
1.040
0.527
1 1 2
1 5 8
1.625
0.072
1.360
0.743
2 1 8
2.125
0.083
2.060
1.310
2 1 2
2 5 8
2.625
0.095
2.920
2.000
3 1 8
3.125
0.109
4.000
2.960
3 1 2
3 5 8
3.625
0.120
5.120
3.900
4 1 8
4.125
0.134
6.510
5.060
5 1 8
5.125
0.160
9.670
8.000
6 1 8
6.125
0.192
13.870
11.200
8 1 8
8.125
0.271
25.900
19.500
10
1018
10.125
0.338
40.300
30.423
12
1218
12.125
0.405
57.800
43.675
PH 211
Technical Data
Type K
TECHNICAL DATA
Other Pipe Data
Flange Cast Iron Pipe Add Weight of Flanges *
Pipe
Size
Class
O.D.
C.I. Pipe
3
150
3.96
4
150
4.80
6
150
6.90
8
150
9.05
10
150
11.10
12
150
13.20
14
150
15.30
16
150
17.40
18
150
19.50
20
150
21.60
24
150
25.80
30
150
32.00
36
150
38.30
42
150
44.50
48
150
50.80
* Mechanical joint p ip e c la s s I SO
w eig ht as B ell & Spig o t
Weight
per
ft. (lbs)
Wall
Thick.
Weight of
Water per
ft. (lbs).
0.32
12.2
3.7
0.32
16.4
5.7
0.38
25.7
12.8
0.41
36.7
23.1
0.44
48.7
35.5
0.48
62.9
51.0
0.51
78.8
69.3
0.54
95.0
90.3
0.58
114.7
114.0
0.62
135.9
141.5
0.73
190.4
201.0
0.85
277.3
312.0
0.94
368.9
449.0
1.05
479.1
612.0
1.14
595.2
803.0
is a p p r o x im a t e ly t he sam e
O.D.
1 1 2
2
3
4
6
Wall
Thick.
Weight/
per
ft. (lbs)
1.84
0.12
0.64
0.89
2.34
3.41
4.53
6.66
0.14
0.17
0.20
0.24
0.94
1.60
2.60
4.70
1.45
3.19
5.79
12.78
O.D.
Wall
Thick.
Weight
per
ft. (lbs)
Weight
of Water
per
ft. (lbs)
1.31
0.16
0.6
0.35
1 1 2
2
3
4
6
1.84
0.17
0.9
0.76
2.34
3.41
4.53
6.66
0.17
0.20
0.26
0.33
1.1
2.0
3.4
6.3
1.36
3.06
5.44
12.42
Pipe
Size
Torque Value
(in.- lbs)
40
1 4
3 8
21
1 4
60
46
3 8
5 8
100
1 2
125
3 4
150
5 8
250
190
3 4
400
280
7 8
665
1 2
7 8
1
B olts per AST M A3 0 7
Nuts per AST M A5 6 3
PH 212
Torque Value
(ft.- lbs)
Weight
of Water
per ft.
(lbs)
E xt r act ed f r o m M S S - S P - 6 9
TECHNICAL DATA
PVC Pipe Support Spacing
PIPE
SIZE
(in.)
SCHEDULE 40
TEMPERATURE (F)
SCHEDULE 80
TEMPERATURE (F)
SCHEDULE 120
TEMPERATURE (F)
60
80
100
120
140
60
80
100
120
140
60
80
100
120
140
1 4
3 1 2
3 1 2
3 1 2
2 1 2
3 8
3 1 2
2 1 2
4 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
2 1 2
1 2
4 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
2 1 2
4 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
3 4
4 1 2
2 1 2
2 1 2
5 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
5 1 2
4 1 2
5 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
1 1 4
5 1 2
5 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
6 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
3 1 2
1 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
6 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
3 1 2
6 1 2
6 1 2
3 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
6 1 2
3 1 2
7 1 2
6 1 2
3 1 2
2 1 2
6 1 2
3 1 2
7 1 2
7 1 2
6 1 2
4 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
3 1 2
3 1 2
7 1 2
6 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
7 1 2
6 1 2
4 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
9 1 2
8 1 2
5 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
9 1 2
5 1 2
1 0 1 2
10
5 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
10
9 1 2
1 1 1 2
1 0 1 2
9 1 2
6 1 2
8 1 2
4 1 2
11
1 0 1 2
9 1 2
6 1 2
5 1 2
5 1 2
12
11
10
7 1 2
6 1 2
8
10
10
8 1 2
12
11 1 2
1 0 1 2
9 1 2
6 1 2
5 1 2
13
12
1 0 1 2
14
12
11
10
1 3 1 2
13
11
16
12 1 2
1 1 1 2
1 0 1 2
7 1 2
6 1 2
14
1 3 1 2
1 1 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
18
13
12
11
1 4 1 2
14
12
11
20
14
1 2 1 2
1 1 1 2
10
8 1 2
1 5 1 2
1 4 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 1 1 2
9 1 2
24
15
13
1 2 1 2
11
9 1 2
17
15
14
1 2 1 2
1 0 1 2
SDR 41
SDR 26
18
13
12
11
1 4 1 2
14
12
20
13 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 1 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
15
1 4 1 2
1 2 1 2
9 1 2
8 1 2
24
14
13
12
1 5 1 2
15
13
10
Technical Data
PH 213
TECHNICAL DATA
CPVC Pipe Support Spacing
SCHEDULE 40
TEMPERATURE (F)
Pipe Size
(in.)
SCHEDULE 80
TEMPERATURE (F)
73
100
120
140
160
180
73
100
120
140
160
180
1 2
4 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
2 1 2
5 1 2
4 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
3 4
4 1 2
2 1 2
2 1 2
5 1 2
5 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
5 1 2
5 1 2
4 1 2
2 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
1 1 4
5 1 2
5 1 2
5 1 2
6 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
1 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
6 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
3 1 2
5 1 2
3 1 2
6 1 2
3 1 2
6 1 2
3 1 2
7 1 2
7 1 2
6 1 2
4 1 2
4
4
2 1 2
3 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
3 1 2
7 1 2
7 1 2
6 1 2
8 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
7 1 2
7 1 2
6 1 2
4 1 2
8 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
4 1 2
10
9 1 2
5 1 2
9 1 2
8 1 2
7 1 2
5 1 2
11
1 0 1 2
10
5 1 2
10
10 1 2
10
9 1 2
5 1 2
1 1 1 2
11
1 0 1 2
9 1 2
6 1 2
12
11 1 2
1 0 1 2
10
8 1 2
6 1 2
1 2 1 2
12
1 1 1 2
1 0 1 2
7 1 2
6 1 2
14
12
11
10
15
1 3 1 2
1 2 1 2
11
9 1 2
16
13
12
11
9 1 2
8 1 2
16
15
1 3 1 2
12
10
8 1 2
PH 214
TECHNICAL DATA
Anvil Compliances, Listings and Approvals
14
40
45
46
47
49
50
52
54
55
55L
60
62
63
65
66
67
27
42
57
57
22
5
54
57
57
12
22
27
42
57
57
22
5
69
10
10
10
86
23
23
23
Application Sizes
FM*
Rod Size
FM*
Pipe Size
UL
Rod Size
UL
Pipe Size
ULC
Rod Size
ULC
Pipe Size
12
212 - 4
38
23
23
23
89
89X
92
23
23
23
12
-4
5-8
38
34
38
34
12
58
34
6
-2
58
34
34
38
58
34
12
34
-2
58
212 - 312
4, 5
34
38
58
12
34
-2
12
38
58
212 - 312
4, 5
58
34
34
38
12
34
-2
12
38
12
34
-2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
34
-2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
34
-2
58
212 - 312
4, 5
58
212 - 312
4, 5
34
34
38
12
212 - 4
5-8
38
12
-4
5-8
212 - 4
5-8
38
34
38
212
38
19 & 23
23
19 & 23
38
-4
5-8
58
10
58
34
12
34
19 & 23
94
19
19
19
95
23
23
23
97
12
38
58
6
11
6
11
6
11
38
16
= UL Listed
16
= ULC Listed
16
34
12
23
*= FM Approved
34
-2
212 - 312
4, 5
212 - 312
4, 5
12
19 & 23
110R
-2
212 - 312
4, 5
12
93
97C
100
103
104
108
34
-4
5-8
38
88
38
12
38
87
34
34
-2
212 - 312
4
34
12
38
12
58
12
12
212 - 4
5-8
10
12
-4
5-8
34
-2
212 - 312
4
34
-4
5-8
38
12
12
-4
5-8
58
10
58
10
34
12
34
12
78
12
78
12
PH 215
Technical Data
Product Types
Anvil
Federal Specifications
Figure
MSS-SP-58
Number & MSS-SP-69
WW-H-171-E A-A-1192A
TECHNICAL DATA
Anvil Compliances, Listings and Approvals
(cont.)
Product Types
Anvil
Figure
Number
MSS-SP-58
& MSS-SP-69 WW-H-171-E
112
113
A-A-1192A
114
120
126
127
128
128R
15
15
15
133
21
21
21
134
21
21
21
135
135 E
135 R
24
24
12
24
24
25
24
24
12
136
136R
137
137C
137S
138R
140
142
146
148
152
153
157
160
161
162
163
164
165
165A
166A
167
168
171
175
177
178
Application Sizes
Federal Specifications
FM*
Rod Size
FM*
Pipe Size
UL
Rod Size
UL
Pipe Size
ULC
Rod Size
ULC
Pipe Size
38
12
12
58
38
12
58
34
78
38
12
58
34
78
38
12
58
34
78
38
12
58
34
78
34 - 4
5-8
5-8
10 - 12
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
34 - 2
1
2 2 - 312
4, 5
6
8
38
12
12
58
38
12
58
34
78
38
12
58
34
78
38
12
58
34
78
38
12
58
34
78
34 - 4
5-8
5-8
10 - 12
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
38
12
58
34
78
38
12
58
34
78
38
12
58
34
78
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
34 - 2
212 - 312
4, 5
6
8
*= FM Approved
PH 216
= UL Listed
= ULC Listed
TECHNICAL DATA
Anvil Compliances, Listings and Approvals
Application Sizes
FM*
Rod Size
FM*
Pipe Size
UL
UL
Rod Size Pipe Size
ULC
Rod Size
ULC
Pipe Size
181
43
37
44
38
43
191
37
192
38
39
38
38
194
31
32
31
34
-2
12
212 - 312
58
4, 5
34
78
195
32
33
32
199
33
34
33
38
202
34
35
34
12
58
38
206
207
34
34
35
35
34
34
-2
38
212 - 312
12
4, 5
58
34
-4
38
34
-2
38
34
-2
212 - 312
12
212 - 312
4, 5
58
4, 5
34
-4
12
5, 6
12
5, 6
58
58
38
38
212
34
34
-4
34
-2
38
34
-4
12
5-8
38
34
38
-2
34
-2
12
212 - 312
12
212 - 312
12
212 - 312
58
4, 5
4, 5
58
4, 5
58
34
34
34
78
78
78
212FP
216
217
25
25
38
218
224
30
227
25
30
30
2
25
34
-2
38
34
-2
38
34
-2
12
212 - 312
12
212 - 312
12
212 - 312
58
4, 5
58
4, 5
58
4, 5
34
34
34
78
78
78
38
34
-2
38
34
-2
12
212 - 8
12
212 - 8
228
28 & 29
30 & 31
28 & 29
228L
28 & 29
30 & 31
28 & 29
230
13
13
13
233
13
13
13
243
244
246
248
248L
248X
253
255
256
257
35
35
257A
36
36 & 37
36
258
*= FM Approved
= UL Listed
= ULC Listed
PH 217
Technical Data
Product Types
Anvil
Federal Specifications
Figure
MSS-SP-58
Number & MSS-SP-69 WW-H-171-E A-A-1192A
(cont.)
TECHNICAL DATA
Anvil Compliances, Listings and Approvals
(cont.)
Product Types
Anvil
Figure
Number
MSS-SP-58
& MSS-SP-69 WW-H-171-E
259
Application Sizes
Federal Specifications
37
A-A-1192A
37
FM
Rod Size
38
260
FM
Pipe Size
34
-2
UL
UL
ULC
ULC
Rod Size Pipe Size Rod Size Pipe Size
34
38
-2
38
34
-2
12
212 - 312
12
212 - 312
12
212 - 312
4, 5
58
4, 5
58
4, 5
58
34
34
34
78
78
78
261
N/A
112 - 8
N/A
112 - 8
262
26
26
26
264
38
39
38
265
38
39
38
271
44
45
44
274
46
47
46
274P
275
277
45
46
45
277S
278
278L
278X
281
282
284
18
18
19
18
18
18
38
34
-4
38
34
-4
38
34
12
5-8
12
5-8
12
5-8
58
8 MAX.
58
8 MAX.
58
8 MAX.
34
8 MAX.
34
8 MAX.
34
8 MAX.
-4
38
34
-4
38
34
-4
38
34
12
5-8
12
5-8
12
5-8
58
8 MAX.
58
8 MAX.
58
8 MAX.
34
8 MAX.
34
8 MAX.
34
8 MAX.
78
8 MAX.
78
8 MAX.
78
8 MAX.
-4
38
34
-4
38
34
-4
38
34
12
5-8
12
5-8
12
5-8
58
-4
285
19
18
18
18
17
17
28 & 29
28 & 29
3
3
3
14
1
18
17
17
28 & 29
28 & 29
3
3
3
14
1
8 MAX.
58
18
17
17
28 & 29
28 & 29
3
3
3
14
1
8 MAX.
58
286
290
290L
291
292
292L
295
295A
295H
299
300
395
8 MAX.
432
436
436A
439
590
594
595
599
600
35
35
35
1
35
1
*= FM Approved
PH 218
= UL Listed
= ULC Listed
TECHNICAL DATA
Anvil Compliances, Listings and Approvals
(cont.)
Product Types
Anvil
Figure
Number
Federal Specifications
MSS-SP-58
& MSS-SP-69 WW-H-171-E A-A-1192A
CT-65
CT-69
CT-99
CT-99C
CT-109
CT-121
CT-121C
10
9
9
11
8
12
10
9
9
11
8
CT-128C
CT-138R
12
25
CT-255
Application Sizes
FM
Rod Size
FM
Pipe Size
UL
UL
ULC
ULC
Rod Size Pipe Size Rod Size Pipe Size
10
9
9
11
8
12
Federal Specifications
MSS-SP-58
& MSS-SP-69
WW-H-171-E
A-A-1192A
1 7 0 - Ho r iz o n t a l Tr a v e le r
58
47
2 1 0 - Re p la c e m e n t St r u t
222 an d C- 2 2 2 - M in i- Swa y St r u t As s e m b l y
2 4 7 - Sp r in g Cu s h io n
48
49
49
50
55
55
3 1 2 - Ta p e r e d Pin
1 3 0 6 a n d 1 3 0 7 - L im it St o p
33 0 6 & 3 3 0 7 - Hy d r a u lic Sn u b b e r s
47
82, B - 2 6 8 , 9 8 , Tr ip le , Qu a d r u p le Ty p e A - E
51
51
51
51
51
51
82, B- 2 6 8 , 9 8 , Tr ip le , Qu a d r u p le Ty p e F
52
56
56
52
56
56
82, B - 2 6 8 , 9 8 , Tr ip le , Qu a d r u p le Ty p e G
53
57
57
53
57
57
8 0 - V a n d C- 8 0 - V Ty p e A- E
55
58
58
8 0 - V a n d C- 8 0 - V Ty p e G
56
59
59
8 1 - H a n d C- 8 1 - H Ty p e A- E
54
52
52
Co nstant Support Ha n g e r s
*= FM Approved
= UL Listed
= ULC Listed
PH 219
Technical Data
Variable Spring Ha n g e r s
TECHNICAL DATA
Anvil Terms of Sale and Conditions
1. CONTROLLING PROVISIONS:
6. SHIPMENTS:
These terms and conditions shall control with respect to any purchase order
or sale of Seller's products. No waiver, alteration or modification of these
terms and conditions whether on Buyer's purchase order or otherwise shall
be valid unless the waiver, alteration or modification is specifically accepted
in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Seller.
All products sent out will be carefully examined, counted and packed.
The cost of any special packing or special handling caused by Buyer's
requirements or requests shall be added to the amount of the order. No claim
for shortages will be allowed unless make in writing within ten (10) days of
receipt of a shipment.
Claims for products damaged or lost in transit should be made on the carrier,
as Seller's responsibility ceases, and title passes, on delivery to the carrier.
2. DELIVERY:
Seller will make every effort to complete delivery of products as indicated on
Seller's acceptance of an order, but Seller assumes no responsibility or
liability, and will accept no back charge, for loss or damage due to delay or
inability to deliver caused by acts of God, war, labor difficulties, accident,
delays of carriers, by contractors or suppliers, inability to obtain materials,
shortages of fuel and energy, or any other causes of any kind whatever
beyond the control of Seller. Seller may terminate any contract of sale of its
products without liability of any nature, by written notice to Buyer, in the
event that the delay in delivery or performance resulting from any of the
aforesaid causes shall continue for a period of sixty (60) days. Under no
circumstances shall Seller be liable for any special or consequential damages
or for loss, damage, or expense (whether or not based on negligence)
directly or indirectly arising from delays or failure to give notice of delay.
3. WARRANTY:
Seller warrants for one year from the date of shipment Seller's manufactured
products to the extent that Seller will replace those having defects in material
or workmanship when used for the purpose and in the manner which Seller
recommends. If Seller examination shall disclose to its satisfaction that the
products are defective, and an adjustment is required, the amount of such
adjustment shall not exceed the net sales price of the defective products and
no allowance will be made for labor or expense of repairing or replacing
defective products or workmanship of damage resulting from the same.
Seller warrants the products which it sells of other manufacturers to the
extent of the warranties of their respective makers. Where engineering design
or fabrication work is supplied. Buyer's acceptance of Seller's design or of
delivery of work shall relieve Seller of all further obligation, other than
expressed in Seller's product warranty. THIS IS SELLER'S SOLE WARRANTY.
SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED SELLER'S AFORESTATED
OBLIGATION ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY SELLER AND EXCLUDED FROM
THIS WARRANTY. Seller neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to
assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of its
engineering designs or products. This warranty shall not apply to any
products or parts of products which (a) have been repaired or altered outside
of Seller's factory, in any manner; (b) have been subjected to misuse,
negligence or accidents; (c) have been used in a manner contrary to Seller's
instructions or recommendations. Seller shall not be responsible for design
errors due to inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by Buyer or its
representatives.
4.SELLER'S LIABILITY:
Seller will not be liable for any loss, damage, cost of repairs, incidental or
consequential damages of any kind, whether based upon warranty (except
for the obligation accepted by Seller under "Warranty" above), contract or
negligence, arising in connection with the design, manufacture, sale, use or
repair of the products or of the engineering designs supplied to Buyer
5.RETURNS:
Seller cannot accept return of any products unless its written permission has
been first obtained, in which case same will be credited subject to the
following: (a) all material returned must, on its arrival at Seller's Plant, be
found to be in first-class condition; if not, cost of putting in saleable condition
will be deducted from credit memoranda; (b) a handling charge deduction of
twenty percent (20%) will be made from all credit memoranda issued for
material returned; and (c) transportation charges, if not prepaid will be
deducted from credit memoranda.
PH 220
7. SPECIAL PRODUCTS:
Orders covering special or nonstandard products are not subject to
cancellation except on such terms as Seller may specify on application.
9.TAXES:
The amount of any sales, excise or other taxes, if any, applicable to the
products covered by this order, shall be paid by Buyer unless Buyer provides
Seller with an exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities.
12. TERMS:
Cash, net 30 days unless otherwise specified.
NOTE: All orders are accepted on the basis of prices in effect at the time of
shipment.
NOTICE:
The prices and terms quoted, there will be added any manufacturers or sales
tax payable on the transaction under any effective statute.
FREIGHT ALLOWANCE:
All prices are F.O.B. point of shipment. On (non-engineered product)
shipments of 2,500 pounds or more, rail freight or motor freight at the lowest
published rates is allowed to all continental U.S. rail points or all U.S.
highway points listed in published tariffs (Alaska and Hawaii excluded). In no
case will more than actual freight be allowed.
EXCEPTIONS:
All Constant Supports, Spring Hangers, Sway Braces and all Engineered,
Bundled and Tagged Hanger Assemblies are F.O.B. Plants, with No Freight
Allowed.
TECHNICAL DATA
Anvil Pipe Hangers and Support Services
Pipe Hanger & Support
Hardware Hangers Complete Product Line of:
Variable Springs
Constant Supports
Hydraulic Snubbers
Vibration Sway Braces
Sway Struts
Limit Stops
Special Structural Steel, Fabrication/Miscellaneous
Technical Services
Design services, either on or off site, help you
Underwriters Laboratory
Factory Mutual (FM)
Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) SP-58, SP-69,
SP-77, SP-89 and SP-90
FIELD SERVICES:
Anvil Markets
Drafting Services
System Analysis
Pipe Stress Analysis
Product Qualification Testing
Technical Data
PH 221
AWWA/COMMERCIAL FABRICATION
Hardware Hangers
Hanger Fabrication
Contact:Henderson, TN Plant
Tel: 731-989-3551
or a Regional Service Center
1313 Avenue R
Grand Prairie, TX 75050
Tel: 972-343-9206 Fax: 972-641-8946
Toll Free: 1-800-451-4414
Bob Arison Regional Vice President
Satellite Offices
6999 Old Clinton Rd
Houston, TX 77020
Tel: 713-675-6371 Fax: 713-678-7858
2600 W. 42nd Street
Odessa, TX 79764
Tel: 432-366-2803 Fax: 432-366-0890
4200 Holly Street
Denver, CO 80216
Tel: 303-394-2178 Fax: 303-321-3050
Sales Office
1202 Tech Blvd., Suite 103
Tampa, FL 33619
Tel: 813-663-9267 Fax: 813-663-0811
Toll Free: 800-429-0703
WESTERN REGION
Regional Service Center: Servicing Alaska, Arizona,
California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon,
Utah, Washington
TECHNICAL DATA
Notes
PH 224
TECHNICAL DATA
Subject Index
Subject Index
4 - 5
Straps
94 - 95
Ph o to In d e x
6 - 13
Pipe Supports
96 - 102
Co p p e r Tu b in g H a n g e rs
14 - 21
Trapez e
103 - 105
Pip e R in g s
22 - 26
106 - 111
C le v is
27 - 31
Pipe Rolls
112 - 119
St e e l P ip e C la mp s
32 - 43
120 - 130
So c k e t C la mp s
44 - 45
Spring Hangers
131 - 149
Be a m C la mp s
46 - 57
150 - 173
St r u c t u r a l A tta ch me n ts
58 - 62
174
B ra ck e ts
63 - 67
175 - 177
Ce i l i n g P la te s & F la n g e s
68 - 70
Sw ay Strut As s embly
178 - 182
71 - 79
183 - 191
Hanger Rods
80 - 83
192
R o d A tta c h me n ts
84 - 89
193 - 196
Bo l t s N u ts & P in s
90 - 91
197 - 204
U -B o lts
92 - 93
205 - 227
Technical Data
Ta b l e o f C o n te n ts
PH 225
TECHNICAL DATA
Fig. 14 through Fig. 212FP
Figure Number
Made At
Page
53
F ig. 38SD
193
F ig. 40
33
F ig. 40SD
F ig. 14
F ig. 41SD
F ig. 42SD
F ig. 45
Figure Number
Made At
Page
25
Fi g . 9 8 , Fi g . C - 9 8 S er i es
1 32 - 133,
145
195
Fi g . 1 0 0
35
196
Fi g . 1 0 3
34
196
Fi g . 1 0 4
24
104
Fi g . 1 0 8
22
85
Fi g . 9 7 & Fi g . 9 7 C
F ig. 46
103
Fi g . 1 1 0 R
F ig. 47
77
Fi g . 1 1 2
62
F ig. 49
78
Fi g . 1 1 3
62
F ig. 50
105
Fi g . 1 1 4
85
79
Fi g . 1 2 0
93
193
Fi g . 1 2 6
94
59
Fi g . 1 2 7
68
69
54
F ig. 52
F ig. 53SD
F ig. 54
58
Fi g . 1 2 8 & Fi g . 1 2 8 R
F ig. 60
61
Fi g . 1 3 3
96
Fi g . 1 3 4
54
97
Fi g . 1 3 5 , Fi g . 1 3 5 E & Fi g . 1 3 5 R
84
28
Fi g . 1 3 6 & Fi g . 1 3 6 R
84
60
Fi g . 1 3 7 , Fi g . 1 3 7 S & Fi g . 1 3 7 C
92
27
Fi g . 1 3 8 R
23
81
F ig. 65
F ig. 66
F ig. 67
F ig. 69
26
Fi g . 1 4 0
F ig. 71SD
193
Fi g . 1 4 2
80
80
F ig. 72SD
194
Fi g . 1 4 6
F ig. 75SD
194
Fi g . 1 4 8
83
F ig. 76SD
194
Fi g . 1 5 2
71
F ig. 77SD
195
Fi g . 1 5 3
70
158
Fi g . 1 5 7
86
1 08 - 111
159
Fi g . 1 6 0 t h r u Fi g . 1 6 6 A
160
Fi g . 1 6 7
106
161
Fi g . 1 6 8
107
174
162
Fi g . 1 7 0
163
Fi g . 1 7 1
113
164
Fi g . 1 7 5
116
165
Fi g . 1 7 7
112
166
Fi g . 1 7 8
114
167
Fi g . 1 8 1
115
168
Fi g . 1 9 1
98
169
Fi g . 1 9 2
98
170
Fi g . 1 9 4
65
66
171
Fi g . 1 9 5
132 - 133,
143
Fi g . 1 9 9
67
Fi g . 2 0 0 , C - 2 0 0
1 88 - 191
F ig. 82
F ig. 86, Fig. 87 & Fig. 8 8
46
Fi g . 2 0 2
63
F ig. 89
48
Fi g . 2 0 6
64
F ig. 89X
48
Fi g . 2 0 7
64
F ig. 92
49
Fi g . 2 1 0
182
F ig. 93
50
Fi g . 2 1 1 , C - 2 1 1
1 78 - 179
F ig. 94
51
Fi g . 2 1 2
36, 130
F ig. 95
47
Fi g . 2 1 2 FP
37
PH 226
= Columbia, PA
= North Kingstown, RI = Henderson, TN
= Regional Service Centers * = rod dia. over 11/2" (North Kingstown, RI)
TECHNICAL DATA
Fig. 216 through Fig. CT-255
Figure Number
Page
38
Figure Number
Made At
Page
177
87
Fig. 217
53
Fig. 299
Fig. 218
55
Fig. 300
30
180 - 181
Fig. 312
192
Fig. 224
42
Fig. 395
68
Fig. 227
52
Fig. 432
129
Fig. 228
56
Fig. 436
125
Fig. 230
88
Fig. 436A
127
Fig. 233
88
Fig. 439
127
Fig. 243
95
Fig. 590
31
Fig. 244
95
44
Fig. 246
43
45
Fig. 247
131
178 - 179
81
183
Fig. 248X
82
184 - 187
Fig. 253
81
F i g . C T- 6 5
15
Fig. 255
120 - 121
F i g . C T- 6 9
14
Fig. 256
122 - 123
F i g . C T- 9 9 & F i g . C T- 9 9 C
16
Fig. 257
125
F i g . C T- 1 0 9
17
Fig. 257A
125
F i g . C T- 1 2 1 & F i g . C T- 1 2 1 C
18
Fig. 258
99
F i g . C T- 1 2 8 R
19
Fig. 259
102
F i g . C T- 1 3 8 R
17
Fig. 260
29
F i g . C T- 2 5 5
20-21
Fig. 261
32
Fig. 262
94
Fig. 264
100
101
217
137
A n v i l Te r m s o f S a l e a n d C o n d i t i o n s
220
138
Beam Dimensions
209
173
Fig. 265
F i g . B - 2 6 8 , C - 2 6 8 Ty p e A
F i g . B - 2 6 8 , C - 2 6 8 Ty p e B & C
215 - 218
F i g . B - 2 6 8 , C - 2 6 8 Ty p e D & E
139
F i g . B - 2 6 8 , C - 2 6 8 Ty p e F
140
F i g . B - 2 6 8 , C - 2 6 8 Ty p e G
141
C o n s t a n t S u p p o r t , To t a l Tr a v e l & S e l e c t i o n
Chart
Fig. 271
118
Fig. 274
119
Fig. 274P
119
Fig. 275
119
117
82
Fig. 278X
82
Fig. 281
73
Fig. 282
72
Fig. 284
76
Fig. 285
74
210
Fig. 286
75
208
89
Fig. 291
90
Fig. 295
C o p p e r Tu b e D a t a
154 - 157
211
Hexagon Nuts
91
Machine Bolts
91
M a x i m u m R e c o m m e n d e d A p p l i e d To r q u e s
M o d e l R 8 0 - V, 8 1 - H
Mathematically Perfect Pipe Support
Other Pipe Data
212
150 - 153
212
132, 133,
149
136
134 - 135
Tr i p l e S p r i n g , Tr i p l e S p r i n g - C R S e r i e s
132 - 133,
147
57
Ty p i c a l P i p e H a n g e r S p e c i fi c a t i o n
205 - 207
39
We i g h t C h a r t - F i g . 8 0 - V & F i g . 8 1 - H
Fig. 295A
40
Fig. 295H
41
175 - 176
= Columbia, PA
= North Kingstown, RI = Henderson, TN
= Regional Service Centers * = rod dia. over 11/2" (North Kingstown, RI)
172
PH 227
Technical Data
Made At
Fig. 216
MIDWEST REGION
Regional Service Center: Servicing Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas,
Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North and South
Dakota, Ohio, West Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Wisconsin
WESTERN REGION
Regional Service Center: Servicing Alaska, Arizona, California,
Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington
24 HOUR SHIPMENT
of Standard Variable Spring Supports,
Associated Stock Hardware
(Clevises, Eye Nuts, All Thread Rod,
Structural Attachments)
www.anvilintl.com
#165 / Printed in USA / GRP / 10.04 / 10M / 2005 Anvil International. Inc.
Special Fabrications:
Fabricated Steel Clamps
Seismic Restraints
Special Paint Applications
Pipe Support Design
ISO-9001 & NF Approved Services
Field Service Assistance